Перевод: со всех языков на английский

to+run+north+and+south

21 AT

I) prep.

A. with dative.

I. Of motion;

1) towards, against;

Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;

hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;

2) close atup to;

Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;

þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;

3) to, at;

koma at landi, to come to land;

ganga at dómi, to go into court;

4) along (= eptir);

ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;

dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;

refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;

5) denoting hostility;

renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;

gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;

6) around;

vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;

bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;

7) denoting business, engagement;

ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;

fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.

II. Of position, &c.;

1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;

at kirkju, at church;

at dómi, in court;

at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;

2) denoting participation in;

vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;

vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;

3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;

kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;

var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;

4) with proper names of places (farms);

konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;

biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;

at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;

5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;

at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;

at Marðar, at Mara’s home;

at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;

at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).

III. Of time;

1) at, in;

at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;

at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;

at páskum, at Easter;

at kveldi, at eventide;

at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;

at fjöru, at the ebb;

at flœðum, at the floodtide;

2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;

at ári komanda, next year;

at vári, er kemr, next spring;

generally with ‘komanda’ understood;

at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;

3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;

at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;

at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;

at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;

at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;

at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;

at honum önduðum, after his death;

4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;

hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;

skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;

at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.

IV. fig. and in various uses;

1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;

brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;

verða at ormi, to become a snake;

2) for, as;

gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;

eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;

3) by;

taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;

draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;

kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;

4) as regards as to;

auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;

vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;

5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;

ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;

6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;

faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);

aðili at sök = aðili sakar;

7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;

hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;

mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;

tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;

kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;

8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;

Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);

þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;

hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;

9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);

at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;

at landslögum, by the law of the land;

at vánum, as was to be expected;

at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;

10) in adverbial phrases;

gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;

bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;

at fullu, fully;

at vísu, surely;

at frjálsu, freely;

at eilífu, for ever and ever;

at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;

at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;

at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.

B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);

sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;

eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;

at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;

connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;

at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.

II)

1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;

at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;

2) in an objective sense;

hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;

gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;

3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).

III)

1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;

hón grét at meir, she wept the more;

þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;

þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;

2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);

þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;

sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.

IV)

conj., that;

1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;

þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;

vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;

2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;

svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;

3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);

4) since, because, as (= því at);

5) connected with þó, því, svá;

þó at (with subj.), though, although;

því at, because, for;

svá at, so that;

6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;

þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;

þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;

áðr at (= á. en), before;

7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;

Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;

in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.

V)

negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.

VI)

n. an incited conflict or fight ( see etja);

odda at, Yggs at, battle.

* * *

1.

and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.

Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.

WITH DAT.

A. LOC.

I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:

1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.

2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.

3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)

4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.

5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.

β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.

6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.

β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.

γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.

7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.

β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.

8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.

β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.

II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.

2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.

3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:

α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.

β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.

γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.

4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.

5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.

6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.

β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.

γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.

7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.

B. TEMP.

I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.

II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.

β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.

III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:

1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,

2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.

IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:

1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.

2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.

3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.

V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.

2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.

C. METAPH. and in various cases:

I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:

α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.

β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.

II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.

2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.

III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.

IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.

2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)

3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.

4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.

5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.

6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.

β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.

V. denoting the source of a thing:

1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.

2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.

VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.

VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.

VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.

β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.

IX. following many words:

1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.

β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …

γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.

δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.

2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.

3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.

WITH ACC.

TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.

☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.

2.

and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.

I. it is used either,

1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,

2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.

β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).

3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.

II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:

α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.

β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.

γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.

δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.

ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.

ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.

η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.

θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.

3.

and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.

I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.

II. it is used,

1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.

2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.

β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.

γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.

III. used in connection with conjunctions,

1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.

α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.

β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.

γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.

2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.

IV. as a relat. conj.:

1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.

2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.

V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.

4.

and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.

5.

n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.

β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.

6.

the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT
22 FYRIR

for

* * *

prep.

I. with dat.

1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);

fyrir dyrum, before the door;

2) before one, in one’s presence;

hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;

3) for;

hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;

4) before one, in one’s way;

fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;

sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;

5) naut. term. before, off;

liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;

fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;

6) before, at the head of, over;

vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;

vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;

sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;

7) of time, ago;

fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;

fyrir stundu, a while ago;

fyrir löngu, long ago;

vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);

8) before, above, superior to;

Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;

9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;

þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;

tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;

10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;

mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;

varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;

Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;

11) because of, for;

hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;

fyrir hræðslu, for fear;

illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;

gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;

fyrir því at, because, since, as;

12) against;

gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;

beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;

13) fyrir sér, of oneself;

mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;

minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;

14) denoting manner or quality, with;

hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;

II. with acc.

1) before, in front of;

halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;

2) before, into the presence of;

stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;

3) over;

hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;

kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;

4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;

ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;

5) round, off;

sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;

6) along, all along;

fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;

draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;

7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;

fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;

8) for, on behalf of;

vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;

lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;

9) for, for the benefit of;

þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);

10) for, instead of, in place of, as;

11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);

fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);

fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;

12) denoting value, price;

fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;

fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;

13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);

14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);

fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;

fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;

fyrir handan á, beyond the river;

fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;

III. as adverb or ellipt.

1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;

þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;

2) first;

mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;

3) at hand, present, to the fore;

föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;

þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);

4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;

Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;

e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).

* * *

prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]

WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.

2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.

3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.

II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.

2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).

3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.

4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.

III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.

IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.

V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.

B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.

2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.

C. METAPH.:

I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.

II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).

2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.

III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.

2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.

IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.

V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.

2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.

β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.

VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.

VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.

2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.

VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).

β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.

IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.

X. as adverb or ellipt.,

1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.

β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.

2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.

3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.

XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.

XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.

WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.

A. LOCAL:

I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.

2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.

3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.

4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).

II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.

III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.

2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.

IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.

B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.

C. METAPH.:

I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.

II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.

III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.

IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.

V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.

VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.

2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.

2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.

VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.

IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.

X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.

2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.

XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.

☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:

I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.

β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.

2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.

II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:

1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.

2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR
23 Stephenson, George

SUBJECT AREA: Land transport, Railways and locomotives

[br]

b. 9 June 1781 Wylam, Northumberland, England

d. 12 August 1848 Tapton House, Chesterfield, England

[br]

English engineer, "the father of railways".

[br]

George Stephenson was the son of the fireman of the pumping engine at Wylam colliery, and horses drew wagons of coal along the wooden rails of the Wylam wagonway past the house in which he was born and spent his earliest childhood. While still a child he worked as a cowherd, but soon moved to working at coal pits. At 17 years of age he showed sufficient mechanical talent to be placed in charge of a new pumping engine, and had already achieved a job more responsible than that of his father. Despite his position he was still illiterate, although he subsequently learned to read and write. He was largely self-educated.

In 1801 he was appointed Brakesman of the winding engine at Black Callerton pit, with responsibility for lowering the miners safely to their work. Then, about two years later, he became Brakesman of a new winding engine erected by Robert Hawthorn at Willington Quay on the Tyne. Returning collier brigs discharged ballast into wagons and the engine drew the wagons up an inclined plane to the top of "Ballast Hill" for their contents to be tipped; this was one of the earliest applications of steam power to transport, other than experimentally.

In 1804 Stephenson moved to West Moor pit, Killingworth, again as Brakesman. In 1811 he demonstrated his mechanical skill by successfully modifying a new and unsatisfactory atmospheric engine, a task that had defeated the efforts of others, to enable it to pump a drowned pit clear of water. The following year he was appointed Enginewright at Killingworth, in charge of the machinery in all the collieries of the "Grand Allies", the prominent coal-owning families of Wortley, Liddell and Bowes, with authorization also to work for others. He built many stationary engines and he closely examined locomotives of John Blenkinsop's type on the Kenton \& Coxlodge wagonway, as well as those of William Hedley at Wylam.

It was in 1813 that Sir Thomas Liddell requested George Stephenson to build a steam locomotive for the Killingworth wagonway: Blucher made its first trial run on 25 July 1814 and was based on Blenkinsop's locomotives, although it lacked their rack-and-pinion drive. George Stephenson is credited with building the first locomotive both to run on edge rails and be driven by adhesion, an arrangement that has been the conventional one ever since. Yet Blucher was far from perfect and over the next few years, while other engineers ignored the steam locomotive, Stephenson built a succession of them, each an improvement on the last.

During this period many lives were lost in coalmines from explosions of gas ignited by miners' lamps. By observation and experiment (sometimes at great personal risk) Stephenson invented a satisfactory safety lamp, working independently of the noted scientist Sir Humphry Davy who also invented such a lamp around the same time.

In 1817 George Stephenson designed his first locomotive for an outside customer, the Kilmarnock \& Troon Railway, and in 1819 he laid out the Hetton Colliery Railway in County Durham, for which his brother Robert was Resident Engineer. This was the first railway to be worked entirely without animal traction: it used inclined planes with stationary engines, self-acting inclined planes powered by gravity, and locomotives.

On 19 April 1821 Stephenson was introduced to Edward Pease, one of the main promoters of the Stockton \& Darlington Railway (S \& DR), which by coincidence received its Act of Parliament the same day. George Stephenson carried out a further survey, to improve the proposed line, and in this he was assisted by his 18-year-old son, Robert Stephenson, whom he had ensured received the theoretical education which he himself lacked. It is doubtful whether either could have succeeded without the other; together they were to make the steam railway practicable.

At George Stephenson's instance, much of the S \& DR was laid with wrought-iron rails recently developed by John Birkinshaw at Bedlington Ironworks, Morpeth. These were longer than cast-iron rails and were not brittle: they made a track well suited for locomotives. In June 1823 George and Robert Stephenson, with other partners, founded a firm in Newcastle upon Tyne to build locomotives and rolling stock and to do general engineering work: after its Managing Partner, the firm was called Robert Stephenson \& Co.

In 1824 the promoters of the Liverpool \& Manchester Railway (L \& MR) invited George Stephenson to resurvey their proposed line in order to reduce opposition to it. William James, a wealthy land agent who had become a visionary protagonist of a national railway network and had seen Stephenson's locomotives at Killingworth, had promoted the L \& MR with some merchants of Liverpool and had carried out the first survey; however, he overreached himself in business and, shortly after the invitation to Stephenson, became bankrupt. In his own survey, however, George Stephenson lacked the assistance of his son Robert, who had left for South America, and he delegated much of the detailed work to incompetent assistants. During a devastating Parliamentary examination in the spring of 1825, much of his survey was shown to be seriously inaccurate and the L \& MR's application for an Act of Parliament was refused. The railway's promoters discharged Stephenson and had their line surveyed yet again, by C.B. Vignoles.

The Stockton \& Darlington Railway was, however, triumphantly opened in the presence of vast crowds in September 1825, with Stephenson himself driving the locomotive Locomotion, which had been built at Robert Stephenson \& Co.'s Newcastle works. Once the railway was at work, horse-drawn and gravity-powered traffic shared the line with locomotives: in 1828 Stephenson invented the horse dandy, a wagon at the back of a train in which a horse could travel over the gravity-operated stretches, instead of trotting behind.

Meanwhile, in May 1826, the Liverpool \& Manchester Railway had successfully obtained its Act of Parliament. Stephenson was appointed Engineer in June, and since he and Vignoles proved incompatible the latter left early in 1827. The railway was built by Stephenson and his staff, using direct labour. A considerable controversy arose c. 1828 over the motive power to be used: the traffic anticipated was too great for horses, but the performance of the reciprocal system of cable haulage developed by Benjamin Thompson appeared in many respects superior to that of contemporary locomotives. The company instituted a prize competition for a better locomotive and the Rainhill Trials were held in October 1829.

Robert Stephenson had been working on improved locomotive designs since his return from America in 1827, but it was the L \& MR's Treasurer, Henry Booth, who suggested the multi-tubular boiler to George Stephenson. This was incorporated into a locomotive built by Robert Stephenson for the trials: Rocket was entered by the three men in partnership. The other principal entrants were Novelty, entered by John Braithwaite and John Ericsson, and Sans Pareil, entered by Timothy Hackworth, but only Rocket, driven by George Stephenson, met all the organizers' demands; indeed, it far surpassed them and demonstrated the practicability of the long-distance steam railway. With the opening of the Liverpool \& Manchester Railway in 1830, the age of railways began.

Stephenson was active in many aspects. He advised on the construction of the Belgian State Railway, of which the Brussels-Malines section, opened in 1835, was the first all-steam railway on the European continent. In England, proposals to link the L \& MR with the Midlands had culminated in an Act of Parliament for the Grand Junction Railway in 1833: this was to run from Warrington, which was already linked to the L \& MR, to Birmingham. George Stephenson had been in charge of the surveys, and for the railway's construction he and J.U. Rastrick were initially Principal Engineers, with Stephenson's former pupil Joseph Locke under them; by 1835 both Stephenson and Rastrick had withdrawn and Locke was Engineer-in-Chief. Stephenson remained much in demand elsewhere: he was particularly associated with the construction of the North Midland Railway (Derby to Leeds) and related lines. He was active in many other places and carried out, for instance, preliminary surveys for the Chester \& Holyhead and Newcastle \& Berwick Railways, which were important links in the lines of communication between London and, respectively, Dublin and Edinburgh.

He eventually retired to Tapton House, Chesterfield, overlooking the North Midland. A man who was self-made (with great success) against colossal odds, he was ever reluctant, regrettably, to give others their due credit, although in retirement, immensely wealthy and full of honour, he was still able to mingle with people of all ranks.

[br]

Principal Honours and Distinctions

President, Institution of Mechanical Engineers, on its formation in 1847. Order of Leopold (Belgium) 1835. Stephenson refused both a knighthood and Fellowship of the Royal Society.

Bibliography

1815, jointly with Ralph Dodd, British patent no. 3,887 (locomotive drive by connecting rods directly to the wheels).

1817, jointly with William Losh, British patent no. 4,067 (steam springs for locomotives, and improvements to track).

Further Reading

L.T.C.Rolt, 1960, George and Robert Stephenson, Longman (the best modern biography; includes a bibliography).

S.Smiles, 1874, The Lives of George and Robert Stephenson, rev. edn, London (although sycophantic, this is probably the best nineteenthcentury biography).

PJGR

Biographical history of technology > Stephenson, George
24 halten

n; -s, kein Pl.: zum Halten bringen stop, bring to a halt ( oder stop); Halten verboten! no stopping; da gab es kein Halten mehr there was no holding them etc. (back)

* * *

das Halten

(Besitzen) keeping;

(Festhalten) holding

* * *
hạl|ten ['haltn] pret hielt [hiːlt] ptp geha\#lten [gə'haltn]
1. TRANSITIVES VERB

1) = festhalten to hold

jdm etw halten — to hold sth for sb

jdm den Mantel halten — to hold sb's coat (for him/her)

kannst du mir bitte die Leiter halten? — could you please hold the ladder for me?

den Kopf/Bauch halten — to hold one's head/stomach

2)

= in eine bestimmte Position bringen etw gegen das Licht halten — to hold sth up to the light

den Arm in die Höhe halten — to hold one's arm up

einen Fuß/einen Zeh ins Wasser halten — to put a foot/a toe in the water

3)

= tragen die drei Pfeiler halten die Brücke — the three piers support the bridge

meinst du, der kleine Nagel hält das schwere Ölbild? — do you think this small nail will take the weight of the heavy oil painting?

nur zwei morsche Bretter hielten den Balkon noch — there were only two rotten boards holding the balcony up

zwei Schlaufen halten den Vorhang an der Seite — two loops hold back the curtain

4) = zurückhalten, aufhalten to hold; (SPORT) to save

die Wärme/Feuchtigkeit halten — to retain heat/moisture

er kann den Urin or das Wasser nicht halten — he's incontinent

einen Elfmeter or Strafstoß halten — to save a penalty

das ist ein toller Torwart, der hält jeden Ball! — he's a great goalkeeper, he makes great saves!

ich konnte ihn/es gerade noch halten — I just managed to grab hold of him/it

haltet den Dieb! — stop thief!

sie ist nicht zu halten (fig) — there's no holding her back

es hält mich hier nichts mehr — there's nothing to keep me here any more

es hält dich niemand — nobody's stopping you

5) = behalten Festung, Rekord to hold; Position to hold (on to)

den Schnabel or Mund halten (inf) — to keep one's mouth shut (inf)

6) = unterhalten, besitzen Chauffeur, Lehrer to employ; Haustier to keep; Auto to run

eine Geliebte halten — to keep a mistress

eine Perserkatze/einen Hausfreund halten — to have a Persian cat/a live-in lover

wir können uns kein Auto halten —

(sich dat) eine Zeitung/Zeitschrift halten — to get a paper/magazine

7) = einhalten, erfüllen to keep

ein Versprechen halten — to keep a promise

man muss halten, was man verspricht — a promise is a promise

der Film hält nicht, was er/der Titel verspricht — the film doesn't live up to expectations/its title

8) = beibehalten, aufrechterhalten Niveau to keep up, to maintain; Tempo, Disziplin, Temperatur to maintain; Kurs to keep to, to hold

Ruhe halten — to keep quiet

die Balance or das Gleichgewicht halten — to keep one's balance

den Ton halten — to stay in tune or in key

die These lässt sich nicht länger halten or ist nicht länger zu halten — this hypothesis is no longer tenable

Kontakt halten — to keep in touch

(mit jdm) Verbindung halten — to keep in touch( with sb)

Abstand halten! — keep your distance!

etw sauber halten — to keep sth clean

das Essen warm halten — to keep the food warm

viel Sport hält jung/schlank — doing a lot of sport keeps you young/slim

er hält sein Haus immer tadellos — he keeps his house immaculate

halten Sie die Erklärungen einfach — keep the explanations simple

wenn es neblig ist, sollten Sie den Abstand immer so groß wie möglich halten — if it's foggy you should always stay as far as possible from the car in front

ein Land besetzt halten — to keep a country under occupation

9) = behandeln to treat

die Gefangenen werden in diesen Gefängnissen wie Tiere gehalten — the prisoners are treated like animals in these prisons

er hält seine Kinder sehr streng — he's very strict with his children

10)

= handhaben, verfahren mit das kannst du (so) halten, wie du willst — that's entirely up to you

wie halten Sie es mit Ihrer Steuererklärung? — how do you deal with your tax return?

wie hältst dus mit der Religion? — what's your attitude toward(s) religion?

wir halten es mit den Abrechnungen anders — we deal with invoices in a different way

er hält es nicht so sehr mit der Sauberkeit — he's not over-concerned about cleanliness

es mehr or lieber mit jdm/etw halten — to prefer sb/sth

11)

= gestalten ein in Brauntönen gehaltener Raum — a room done in different shades of brown

sie beschloss das Zimmer in Grün zu halten — she decided to do the room in green

das Kleid ist in dunklen Tönen gehalten — it is a dark-coloured (Brit) or dark-colored (US) dress

das Mobiliar ist in einem hellen Holz gehalten — the furniture is made of a light wood

12) = veranstalten, abhalten Fest, Pressekonferenz to give; Rede to make; Gottesdienst, Zwiesprache to hold; Wache to keep

Selbstgespräche halten — to talk to oneself

Unterricht halten — to teach

Mittagsschlaf halten — to have an afternoon nap

Winterschlaf halten — to hibernate

13) = einschätzen, denkendiams; jdn/etw für etw halten to think sb/sth sth

ich habe das Bild für ein Original gehalten — I thought the picture was an original

etw für angebracht/schön halten — to think or consider sth appropriate/beautiful

jdn für ehrlich halten — to think or consider sb honest

ich habe ihn ( irrtümlich) für seinen Bruder gehalten — I (mis)took him for his brother

wofür halten Sie mich? — what do you take me for?

das halte ich nicht für möglich — I don't think that is possible

ich halte es für Unsinn, alles noch einmal abzuschreiben — I think it's silly to copy everything out againdiams; etw von jdm/etw halten to think sth of sb/sth

nicht viel von jdm/etw halten — not to think much of sb/sth

nicht viel vom Beten/Sparen halten — not to be a great one for praying/saving (inf)

ich halte nichts davon, das zu tun — I'm not in favour (Brit) or favor (US) of (doing) thatdiams; etwas/viel auf etw (acc) halten to consider sth important/very important

er hält etwas auf gute Manieren — he considers good manners important

der Chef hält viel auf Pünktlichkeit — the boss attaches a lot of importance to punctuality

14)

See:

→ gehalten

2. INTRANSITIVES VERB

1) = festhalten to hold; (= haften bleiben) to stick; (SPORT) to make a save

kannst du mal einen Moment halten? — can you just hold that (for) a moment?

unser Tormann hat heute wieder großartig gehalten — our goalkeeper made some good saves again today

kann der denn ( gut) halten? — is he a good goalkeeper?

2) = bestehen bleiben, haltbar sein to last; (Konserven) to keep; (Wetter) to last, to hold; (Frisur, COMM Preise) to hold; (Stoff) to be hard-wearing

der Waffenstillstand hält nun schon drei Wochen — the truce has now held for three weeks

Rosen halten länger, wenn man ein Aspirin ins Wasser tut — roses last longer if you put an aspirin in the water

dieser Stoff hält lange — this material is hard-wearing

3) = stehen bleiben, anhalten to stop

zum Halten bringen — to bring to a standstill

halten lassen (Mil) — to call a halt

halt mal, stop! (hum) — hang on (inf) or hold on a minute!

4) andere Redewendungendiams; auf etw (acc) halten (= zielen) to aim at sth; (= steuern) to head for sth; (= Wert legen auf) to attach importance to sth

sehr auf etw halten — to attach great importance to sth

ich musste an mich halten, um nicht in schallendes Gelächter auszubrechen — I had to control myself so as not to burst into fits of laughter

3. REFLEXIVES VERB

1) diams; sich halten= sich festhalten to hold on (
an +dat to)
er konnte sich gerade noch an dem Griff halten, als der Zug mit einem scharfen Ruck anfuhr — he just managed to grab hold of the strap when the train suddenly jolted forward

sie konnte sich auf dem glatten Abhang nicht halten — she couldn't keep her footing on the slippery slope

er konnte sich auf dem wilden Mustang nur drei Sekunden halten — he could only stay on the wild mustang three seconds

2) = eine bestimmte Körperhaltung haben to carry or hold oneself

er hält sich sehr aufrecht — he holds or carries himself very erect

sich ( im Gleichgewicht) halten — to keep one's balance

sich auf den Beinen halten — to stay on one's feet

sich ( nach) links halten — to keep (to the) left

sich nach Westen halten — to keep going westwards

der Autofahrer hielt sich ganz rechts — the driver kept to the right

ich halte mich an die alte Methode — I'll stick to or with the old method

sich an ein Versprechen halten — to keep a promise

sich an die Tatsachen/den Text halten — to keep or stick to the facts/text

3) = sich nicht verändern Lebensmittel, Blumen to keep; (Wetter) to last, to hold; (Geruch, Rauch) to linger; (Preise) to hold; (Brauch, Sitte) to continue

der Geruch von Knoblauch hält sich ewig — the smell of garlic lingers for ages (inf)

4) = seine Position behaupten to hold on; (in Kampf) to hold out

er hat sich in der Spitzenposition gehalten — he held on to the lead

er hat sich im erbarmungslosen Wettbewerb prächtig gehalten — he held on amazingly in the cut-throat competition

das Geschäft kann sich in dieser Straße nicht halten — the shop can't continue to stay open in this streetdiams; sich gut halten (in Prüfung, Spiel etc) to do well

er hat sich ziemlich gut gehalten (körperlich) — he is quite well-preserved

sie hat sich in der schweren Prüfung unerwartet gut gehalten — she did unexpectedly well in the difficult exam

5) = sich beherrschen to control oneself

sich nicht halten können — to be unable to control oneself

6)

andere Wendungendiams; sich halten an (+acc) ich halte mich lieber an den Wein — I'd rather keep or stick to wine

er hält sich für einen Spezialisten/für besonders klug — he thinks he's a specialist/very clever

* * *

1) (to (cause to) stop walking, marching, running etc: The driver halted the train; The train halted at the signals.) halt

2) (to give: He delivered a long speech.) deliver

3) ((of a car etc) to stop: We drew up outside their house.) draw up

4) (to have in one's hand(s) or between one's hands: He was holding a knife; Hold that dish with both hands; He held the little boy's hand; He held the mouse by its tail.) hold

5) (to have in a part, or between parts, of the body, or between parts of a tool etc: He held the pencil in his teeth; She was holding a pile of books in her arms; Hold the stamp with tweezers.) hold

6) (to support or keep from moving, running away, falling etc: What holds that shelf up?; He held the door closed by leaning against it; Hold your hands above your head; Hold his arms so that he can't struggle.) hold

7) (to remain in position, fixed etc when under strain: I've tied the two pieces of string together, but I'm not sure the knot will hold; Will the anchor hold in a storm?) hold

8) (to keep (oneself), or to be, in a particular state or condition: We'll hold ourselves in readiness in case you send for us; She holds herself very erect.) hold

9) (to look after or care for: She keeps the garden beautifully; I think they keep hens.) keep

10) (to act in the way demanded by: She kept her promise.) keep

11) (to stand up to use: This material doesn't wear very well.) wear

12) (having the body in a state of tension and readiness to act: The animal was poised ready to leap.) poised

13) (to suppose or think (that something is the case): Do you take me for an idiot?) take

* * *

hal·ten

[ˈhaltn̩]

I. TRANSITIVES VERB

1.

<hielt, gehalten>

(festhalten)

▪ [jdm] jdn/etw \halten to hold sb/sth [for sb]

du musst das Seil ganz fest \halten you must keep a tight grip on the rope

hältst du bitte kurz meine Tasche? would you please hold my bag for a moment?

jdn/etw im Arm \halten to hold sb/sth in one's arms

jdn an [o bei] der Hand \halten to hold sb's hand [or sb by the hand]

jdm den Mantel \halten to hold sb's coat [for him/her]

2.

<hielt, gehalten>

(aufhalten)

▪ jdn \halten to stop sb

haltet den Dieb! stop the thief!

es hält dich niemand nobody's stopping you

wenn sie etwas von Sahnetorte hört, ist sie nicht mehr zu \halten if she hears cream gateau mentioned there's no holding her!

3.

<hielt, gehalten>

(zurückhalten)

▪ jdn \halten to keep sb

warum bleibst du noch bei dieser Firma, was hält dich noch da? why do you stay with the firm, what's keeping you there?

mich hält hier nichts [mehr] there's nothing to keep me here [any more]

4.

<hielt, gehalten>

(in eine bestimmte Position bringen)

▪ etw irgendwohin/irgendwie \halten to put sth somewhere/in a certain position

er hielt die Hand in die Höhe he put his hand up

die Hand vor den Mund \halten to put one's hand in front of one's mouth

etw gegen das Licht \halten to hold sth up to the light

die Hand ins Wasser \halten to put one's hand into the water

5.

<hielt, gehalten>

(befestigen)

▪ etw \halten to hold sth

nur wenige Pfeiler \halten die alte Brücke just a few pillars support the old bridge

ihre Haare wurden von einer Schleife nach hinten ge\halten her hair was held back by a ribbon

das Regal wird von zwei Haken ge\halten the shelf is held up by two hooks

6.

<hielt, gehalten>

(in sich behalten)

▪ etw \halten to hold sth

ich konnte die Tränen nicht \halten I couldn't hold back my tears

das Ventil konnte den Überdruck nicht mehr \halten the valve could no longer contain the excess pressure

er konnte das Wasser nicht mehr \halten he couldn't hold his water

Wärme/Feuchtigkeit \halten to retain heat/moisture

7.

<hielt, gehalten>

SPORT

einen Ball \halten to stop a ball

der Tormann konnte den Ball nicht \halten the goalkeeper couldn't stop the ball

einen Elfmeter \halten to save a penalty

8.

<hielt, gehalten>

(beschäftigen)

▪ sich dat jdn \halten to employ [or have] sb

sich dat eine Putzfrau \halten to have a woman to come in and clean

sie hält sich einen Chauffeur she employs a chauffeur; (fig)

er hält sich eine Geliebte he has a mistress

9.

<hielt, gehalten>

(besitzen)

▪ [sich dat] etw \halten to keep sth

er hält sich ein Privatflugzeug, eine Segeljacht und ein Rennpferd he keeps a private aircraft, a yacht and a racehorse

ein Auto \halten to run a car

wir können uns kein Auto \halten we can't afford a car

Hühner/einen Hund \halten to keep chickens/a dog

10.

<hielt, gehalten>

(geh: abonniert haben)

eine Zeitung \halten to take a paper form

11.

<hielt, gehalten>

(behandeln)

▪ jdn irgendwie \halten to treat sb in a certain way

er hält seine Kinder sehr streng he is very strict with his children

12.

<hielt, gehalten>

(beibehalten, aufrechterhalten)

▪ etw \halten to keep sth

die Balance [o das Gleichgewicht] \halten to keep one's balance

Frieden \halten to keep the peace

die Geschwindigkeit \halten to keep up speed

mit jdm Kontakt \halten to keep in touch [or contact] with sb

den Kurs \halten to stay on course

Ordnung \halten to keep order

eine Position nicht \halten können to not be able to hold a position

einen Rekord \halten to hold a record

Ruhe \halten to keep quiet

den Takt \halten to keep time

die Temperatur \halten to maintain the temperature

den Ton \halten to stay in tune

zu jdm die Verbindung \halten to keep in touch [or contact] with sb

diese Behauptung lässt sich nicht \halten this statement is not tenable

hoffentlich kann ich den Weltrekord noch \halten hopefully I can still hold on to the world record

13.

<hielt, gehalten>

MIL (erfolgreich verteidigen)

▪ etw \halten to hold sth

die Verteidiger hielten ihre Stellungen weiterhin the defenders continued to hold their positions

eine Festung \halten to hold a fortress

14.

<hielt, gehalten>

(nicht aufgeben)

ein Geschäft \halten to keep a business going

15.

<hielt, gehalten>

(in einem Zustand erhalten)

▪ etw irgendwie \halten to keep sth in a certain condition

die Fußböden hält sie immer peinlich sauber she always keeps the floors scrupulously clean

den Abstand gleich \halten to keep the distance the same

jdn in Atem/in Bewegung/bei Laune \halten to keep sb in suspense/on the go/happy

für jdn das Essen warm \halten to keep sb's meal hot

die Getränke kalt \halten to keep the drinks chilled

jdn jung/fit \halten to keep sb young/fit

16.

<hielt, gehalten>

(gestalten)

▪ etw in etw dat \halten to do sth in sth

▪ etw ist in etw dat ge \halten sth is done in sth

das Haus war innen und außen ganz in Weiß ge\halten the house was completely white inside and out

das Wohnzimmer ist in Blau ge\halten the living room is decorated in blue

ihr Schlafzimmer ist in ganz in Kirschbaum ge\halten her bedroom is furnished entirely in cherrywood

die Rede war sehr allgemein ge\halten the speech was very general

einen Brief kurz \halten to keep a letter short

etw schlicht \halten to keep sth simple

17.

<hielt, gehalten>

(abhalten)

▪ etw \halten to give sth

er hielt eine kurze Rede he made a short speech

Diät \halten to keep to a diet

einen Gottesdienst \halten to hold a service

seinen Mittagsschlaf \halten to have an afternoon nap

eine Rede \halten to give [or make] a speech

ein Referat \halten to give [or present] a paper

Selbstgespräche \halten to talk to oneself

eine Unterrichtsstunde \halten to give a lesson

Unterricht \halten to teach

einen Vortrag \halten to give a talk

seinen Winterschlaf \halten to hibernate

Zwiesprache \halten mit jdm/etw (geh) to commune with sb form; s.a. Gericht

18.

<hielt, gehalten>

(einhalten, erfüllen)

▪ etw \halten to keep sth

der Film hält nicht, was der Titel verspricht the film doesn't live up to its title

man muss \halten, was man verspricht a promise is a promise

sein Wort/Versprechen \halten to keep one's word/a promise

19.

<hielt, gehalten>

(einschätzen)

▪ jdn/etw für jdn/etw \halten to take sb/sth for [or to be] sb/sth

ich habe ihn für seinen Bruder ge\halten I mistook him for his brother

das halte ich nicht für möglich I don't think that is possible

wofür \halten Sie mich? what do you take me for?

jdn für ehrlich/reich \halten to think sb is [or consider sb to be] honest/rich

20.

<hielt, gehalten>

(denken über)

▪ etw von jdm/etw \halten to think sth of sb/sth

ich halte nichts davon, das zu tun I don't think much of doing that

er hält nichts vom Beten/Sparen he's not a great one for praying/saving fam

ich halte es für das beste/möglich/meine Pflicht I think it best/possible/my duty

nichts/viel/wenig von jdm/etw \halten to think nothing/a lot/not think much of sb/sth

21.

<hielt, gehalten>

(wertschätzen)

etwas/viel auf jdn \halten to think quite a bit/a lot of sb

wenn man etwas auf sich hält... if you think you're somebody...; s.a. Stück

22.

▶ den Mund [o (fam) Schnabel] \halten to keep one's mouth shut, to hold one's tongue

II. INTRANSITIVES VERB

1. (festhalten) to hold

kannst du mal einen Moment \halten? can you hold that for a second?

2.

<hielt, gehalten>

(haltbar sein) to keep

wie lange hält der Fisch noch? how much longer will the fish keep?

die Schuhe sollten noch bis nächstes Jahr \halten these shoes should last till next year

3.

<hielt, gehalten>

(dauerhaft sein) to hold

der das Seil hält nicht mehr länger the rope won't hold much longer

die Tapete hält nicht the wallpaper won't stay on

diese Freundschaft hält schon lange this friendship has been lasting long

die Tür wird jetzt \halten now the door will hold

das Regal hält nicht an der Wand the shelf keeps falling off the wall

4.

<hielt, gehalten>

(stehen bleiben, anhalten) to stop

\halten Sie bitte an der Ecke! stop at the corner, please

etw zum H\halten bringen to bring sth to a stop [or standstill]

ein \haltendes Fahrzeug a stationary vehicle

5.

<hielt, gehalten>

SPORT to make a save

unser Tormann hat heute wieder großartig ge\halten our goalkeeper made some great saves today

kann Peters denn gut \halten? is Peters a good goalkeeper?

6.

<hielt, gehalten>

(zielen)

▪ [mit etw dat] auf etw akk \halten to aim at sth [with sth]

du musst mehr nach rechts \halten you must aim more to the right

7.

<hielt, gehalten>

(sich beherrschen)

▪ an sich akk \halten to control oneself

ich musste an mich \halten, um nicht zu lachen I had to force myself not to laugh

8.

<hielt, gehalten>

(Wert legen auf)

▪ auf etw akk \halten to attach importance to sth

[sehr] auf Ordnung \halten to attach [a lot of] importance to tidiness

9.

<hielt, gehalten>

(jdm beistehen)

▪ zu jdm \halten to stand [or stick] by sb

ich werde immer zu dir \halten I will always stand by you

ich halte zu Manchester United, und du? I support Manchester United, what about you?

10.

<hielt, gehalten>

(in einem Zustand erhalten)

Sport hält jung sport keeps you young

Alufolie hält frisch aluminium foil keeps things fresh

11.

<hielt, gehalten>

NAUT (Kurs nehmen)

▪ auf etw akk halten to head for sth

halte mehr nach links keep more to the left

nach Norden \halten to head north

12.

▶ halt mal,... hang [or hold] on,...

▶ halt mal, stopp! (hum) hang [or hold] on a minute!

▶ jd hält auf sich akk

du solltest ein bisschen mehr auf dich \halten (auf das Aussehen achten) you should take more [a] pride in yourself; (selbstbewusst sein) you should be more self-confident

III. REFLEXIVES VERB

1.

<hielt, gehalten>

(sich festhalten)

▪ sich akk an etw dat \halten to hold on to sth

der Kletterer rutschte aus und konnte sich nicht mehr \halten the climber slipped and lost his grip

2.

<hielt, gehalten>

(nicht verderben)

▪ sich akk \halten Lebensmittel to keep; Blumen a. to last

im Kühlschrank hält sich Milch gut drei Tage milk keeps for a good three days in the fridge

3.

<hielt, gehalten>

(jung, gesund bleiben)

sich akk gut ge \halten haben (fam) to have worn well fam

für seine 50 Jahre hat er sich gut ge\halten he has worn well for a 50-year-old

4.

<hielt, gehalten>

(sich behaupten)

sich akk gut \halten to do well, to make a good showing

halte dich tapfer be brave

5.

<hielt, gehalten>

(nicht verschwinden)

▪ sich akk \halten to last; Schnee a. to stay; Geruch, Rauch to stay, to hang around

manchmal kann der Nebel sich bis in die späten Vormittagsstunden \halten sometimes the fog can last until the late morning

6.

<hielt, gehalten>

(bei etw bleiben)

▪ sich akk an etw akk \halten to stay with sth

ich halte mich an die alte Methode I'll stick to [or stay with] the old method

ich halte mich lieber an Mineralwasser I prefer to stay with mineral water

7.

<hielt, gehalten>

(irgendwo bleiben)

sich akk auf den Beinen/im Sattel \halten to stay on one's feet/in the saddle

8.

<hielt, gehalten>

(eine Richtung beibehalten)

▪ sich akk irgendwo/nach... \halten to keep to somewhere/heading towards...

\halten Sie sich immer in Richtung Stadtmitte keep going towards the centre

sich akk rechts/links \halten to keep [to the] left/right

der Autofahrer hielt sich ganz rechts the driver kept to the right

sich akk nach Süden \halten to keep going southwards

9.

<hielt, gehalten>

(befolgen, einhalten)

▪ sich akk an etw akk \halten to keep [or stick] to sth

er hält sich immer an die Vorschriften he always sticks to the rules

der Film hat sich nicht an die Romanvorlage gehalten the film didn't keep [or stick] to the book

sich akk an die Tatsachen \halten to keep [or stick] to the facts

sich akk an ein Versprechen \halten to keep a promise

10.

<hielt, gehalten>

(sich behaupten)

▪ sich akk [mit etw dat] \halten to prevail [with sth]

trotz der hauchdünnen Mehrheit hielt sich die Regierung noch über ein Jahr despite its wafer-thin majority the government lasted [or kept going for] over a year

11.

<hielt, gehalten>

(bestehen)

▪ sich akk halten to keep going

die Firma wird sich nicht \halten können the company won't keep going [for long]

12.

<hielt, gehalten>

(eine bestimmte Körperhaltung haben)

▪ sich akk irgendwie \halten to carry [or hold] oneself in a certain manner

es ist nicht leicht, sich im Gleichgewicht zu \halten it's not easy to keep one's balance

sich akk aufrecht/gerade \halten to hold or carry oneself erect/straight

13.

<hielt, gehalten>

(einschätzen)

▪ sich akk für jdn/etw \halten to think one is sb/sth

er hält sich für besonders klug/einen Fachmann he thinks he's very clever/a specialist

14.

<hielt, gehalten>

(sich beherrschen)

sich akk nicht \halten können not to be able to control oneself

ich konnte mich nicht \halten vor Lachen bei dem Anblick I couldn't help laughing at this sight

15.

▶ sich akk an jdn \halten (sich an jdn wenden) to refer to sb, to ask sb; (jds Nähe suchen) to stick with sb

IV. UNPERSÖNLICHES INTRANSITIVES VERB

1.

<hielt, gehalten>

(handhaben)

▪ es [mit etw dat] irgendwie \halten to do sth in a certain way

wir \halten es ähnlich we do things in a similar way

es mit einer Sache so/anders \halten to handle [or deal with] sth like this/differently

wie hältst du es in diesem Jahr mit Weihnachten? what are you doing about Christmas this year?

wie hältst du's mit der Kirche? what's your attitude towards the church?

das kannst du \halten wie du willst that's completely up to you

2.

<hielt, gehalten>

(Neigung haben für)

es [mehr [o lieber]] mit jdm/etw halten to prefer sb/sth

sie hält es mehr mit ihrer Mutter she gets on better with her mother

er hält es nicht so mit der Sauberkeit he's not a great one for cleanliness

* * *
1.
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb

1) (auch Milit.) hold

etwas an einem Ende halten — hold one end of something

sich (Dat.) den Kopf/den Bauch halten — hold one's head/stomach

jemanden an od. bei der Hand halten — hold somebody's hand; hold somebody by the hand

die Hand vor den Mund halten — put one's hand in front of one's mouth

etwas ins Licht/gegen das Licht halten — hold something to/up to the light

2) (Ballspiele) save <shot, penalty, etc.>

3) (bewahren) keep; (beibehalten, aufrechterhalten) keep up < speed etc.>; maintain <temperature, equilibrium>

einen Ton halten — stay in tune; (lange anhalten) sustain a note

den Takt halten — keep time

Diät halten — keep to a diet

den Kurs halten — stay on course

diese Behauptung lässt sich nicht halten — this statement does not hold up

Ordnung/Frieden halten — keep order/the peace

4) (erfüllen) keep

sein Wort/ein Versprechen halten — keep one's word/a promise

5) (besitzen, beschäftigen, beziehen) keep <chickens etc.>; take <newspaper, magazine, etc.>

ein Auto halten — run a car

6) (einschätzen)

jemanden für reich/ehrlich halten — think somebody is or consider somebody to be rich/honest

ich halte es für das beste/möglich/meine Pflicht — I think it best/possible/my duty

viel/nichts/wenig von jemandem/etwas halten — think a lot/nothing/not think much of somebody/something

7) (abhalten, veranstalten) give, make < speech>; give, hold < lecture>

Unterricht halten — give lessons; teach

seinen Mittagsschlaf halten — have one's or an afternoon nap

8) (Halt geben) hold up, support < bridge etc.>; hold back <curtain, hair>; fasten < dress>

9) (zurückhalten) keep

ihn hält hier nichts — there's nothing to keep him here

es hält dich niemand — nobody's stopping you

10) (bei sich behalten)

das Wasser halten — hold one's water

11) (nicht aufgeben)

ein Geschäft usw. halten — keep a business etc. going

12) (behandeln) treat

jemanden streng halten — be strict with somebody

13) (vorziehen)

es mehr od. lieber mit jemandem/etwas halten — prefer somebody/something

14) (verfahren)

es mit einer Sache so/anders halten — deal with or handle something like this/differently

15) (gestalten)

das Badezimmer ist in Grün gehalten — the bathroom is decorated in green

die Rede war sehr allgemein gehalten — the speech was very general
2.
unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb

1) (stehen bleiben) stop

2) (unverändert, an seinem Platz bleiben) last

der Nagel/das Seil hält nicht mehr länger — the nail/rope won't hold much longer

diese Freundschaft hält nicht [lange] — (fig.) this friendship won't last [long]

3) (Sport) save

er hat gut gehalten — he made some good saves

4) (beistehen)

zu jemandem halten — stand or stick by somebody

5) (zielen) aim (auf + Akk. at)

6) (Seemannsspr.) head

auf etwas (Akk.) halten — head for or towards something

7) (sich beherrschen)

an sich (Akk.) halten — control oneself

8) (achten)

auf Ordnung halten — attach importance to tidiness
3.
unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb

1) (sich durchsetzen, behaupten)

wir werden uns nicht länger halten können — we won't be able to hold out much longer

das Geschäft wird sich nicht halten können — the shop won't keep going [for long]

2) (sich bewähren)

sich gut halten — do well; make a good showing

halte dich tapfer — be brave

3) (unverändert bleiben) <weather, flowers, etc.> last; <milk, meat, etc.> keep

4) (Körperhaltung haben)

sich schlecht/gerade/aufrecht halten — hold or carry oneself badly/straight/erect

5) (bleiben)

sich auf den Beinen/im Sattel halten — stay on one's feet/in the saddle

6) (gehen, bleiben)

sich links/rechts halten — keep [to the] left/right

sich an jemandes Seite (Dat.) /hinter jemandem halten — stay or keep next to/behind somebody

7) (befolgen)

sich an etwas (Akk.) halten — keep to or follow something

8) (sich wenden)

sich an jemanden halten — ask somebody

9) (ugs.): (jung, gesund bleiben)

sie hat sich gut gehalten — she is well preserved for her age (coll.)

* * *

halten; hält, hielt, gehalten

A. v/t

1. (festhalten) hold;

jemanden an oder

bei der Hand halten hold sb’s hand;

in der Hand/im Arm halten hold in one’s hand/in one’s arms;

jemandem den Mantel halten (damit er die Hände frei hat) hold sb’s coat; (ihm hineinhelfen) hold sb’s coat, help sb on with their coat;

sie hielt sich den Bauch (vor Schmerzen) she was holding her stomach (in pain); → Daumen

2. (stützen) hold (up), support;

das Bild wird von zwei Nägeln gehalten the picture is held up by two nails;

das Seil hat nicht viel zu halten (wird wenig belastet) there isn’t very much weight on the rope

3. in einer Lage: hold;

ans Licht halten hold to the light;

den Kopf gesenkt halten keep one’s head down; → auch hochhalten;

die Hand ins/unters Wasser halten put one’s hand in the water/hold one’s hand under the tap (US auch faucet);

sich (dat)

beim Gähnen die Hand vor den Mund halten put one’s hand in front of one’s mouth when yawning;

er hielt sich das Buch dicht vors Gesicht he was holding the book right in front of his face

4. in einem Zustand: keep;

frisch/warm halten keep fresh/warm;

besetzt/verschlossen halten keep occupied/locked;

in Gang halten keep sth going;

in Ordnung halten keep in order;

auf Lager halten (keep in) stock; → gefangen etc, gehalten B 3

5. (enthalten, fassen) hold, contain;

das Fass hält 20 Liter the barrel holds 20 litres (US -ers)

6. (zurückhalten, behalten) keep, hold; (Festung, Stellung, Rekord, Titel) hold; (aufhalten) stop; SPORT (Schuss) hold, stop, save;

das Haus hält die Wärme gut/schlecht the house retains the heat/lets the heat out;

das Wasser nicht halten können be incontinent, not be able to hold one’s water ( oder control one’s bladder);

den Ball in den eigenen Reihen halten hold onto the ball, keep possession (of the ball);

seinen Vorsprung halten können retain one’s lead;

er ließ sich nicht halten oder

er war nicht zu halten there was no stopping ( oder holding) him, you couldn’t hold him back;

was hält mich hier noch? what is there to keep me here?;

haltet den Dieb! stop thief!; → Klappe, Mund etc

7. (Geschwindigkeit, Kurs, Niveau, Preise etc) hold, maintain; (Richtung) continue in, keep going in; MUS (Ton) lange: hold; (nicht abweichen) keep to;

Ordnung halten keep order;

Kontakt halten keep in contact (

mit oder

zu with);

haltet jetzt bitte Ruhe/Frieden umg keep quiet now, please/no more arguing, please;

diese Theorie lässt sich nicht halten this theory is untenable

8. (Versprechen, sein Wort etc) keep;

was ich verspreche, halte ich auch my word is my bond;

das Buch hält (nicht), was es verspricht the book doesn’t live up to its promises

9. (

sich [dat]) jemanden/etwas

halten (Haustiere, Personal, Wagen) keep; (Zeitung) take;

sie hält sich einen Chauffeur/Liebhaber she keeps a chauffeur/lover

10. (behandeln) (Person, Tier, Pflanze, Sache) treat;

die Kinder knapp/streng halten not give the children much money/be strict with the children

11. (Sitzung, Versammlung etc) hold; (Hochzeit, Messe) auch celebrate; (Mahlzeit, Schläfchen etc) have, take; (Rede, Vortrag etc) give;

Winterschlaf halten hibernate

12.

halten für consider (to be), think sb/sth is; irrtümlich: (mis)take for;

sie hält ihn für den Besitzer meist she thinks he’s the owner;

ich halte es für richtig, dass er absagt I think he’s right to refuse, I think it’s right that he should refuse;

tu, was du für richtig hältst do what you think is right;

ich hielte es für gut, wenn wir gingen I think we should go, I think it would be a good idea if we went;

für wie alt hältst du ihn? how old do ( oder would) you think he is?;

wofür halten Sie mich/sich (eigentlich)? who do you think I am/you are?

13.

halten von think of;

viel/wenig halten von think highly ( stärker: the world)/not think much of;

was hältst du von …? what do you think of …?; auffordernd: how about …?;

was hältst du davon? what do you think (of it)?;

ich halte nicht viel davon I don’t think much of it; von Idee, Gemälde etc: auch I’m not keen on it;

er hält eine ganze Menge von dir umg he thinks you’re great, he holds you in high estimation;

sie hält nichts vom Sparen she doesn’t believe in saving

14. unpers:

wie hältst du es mit …? what do you usually do about …?; (was denkst du über …?) what do you think of ( oder about) …?;

so haben wir es immer gehalten we’ve always done it that way;

das kannst du halten, wie du willst please (besonders US suit) yourself;

ich halte es mit meinem Lehrer, der immer sagte … I go by what my teacher always used to say …; → gehalten

B. v/i

1. (fest sein) Knoten, Schnur, Schraube etc: hold; Eis: be (frozen) solid enough to walk on; Brücke: stand the weight of sth/sb; (kleben bleiben) stick

2. (Bestand haben) last; Lebensmittel etc: keep; Wetter: hold

3. (haltmachen) stop; Fahrzeug: auch draw up, pull up;

der Zug hält hier zehn Minuten the train stops here for ten minutes;

hält der Bus am Schlossplatz? does the bus stop at the Schlossplatz?;

er ließ halten he called a halt; → halt A

4. SPORT, Torwart etc: save;

sie hält gut she’s good in goal, she’s a good goalkeeper

5. in Zustand:

das hält gesund/jung! it keeps you healthy/young

6. Richtung, mit Waffe: aim (

auf +akk at); Schiff etc: head (

nach for;

nach Norden etc north etc)

7.

an sich (akk)

halten control o.s.;

ich musste an mich halten, um nicht zu (+inf) it took great self-control not to (+inf), I could hardly stop ( oder keep) myself (from) (+ger)

8.

zu jemandem halten stand by sb; Partei nehmend: side with sb

C. v/t & v/i

1.

(viel/wenig) halten auf (+akk) (achten auf) pay (a lot of/little) attention to; (Wert legen auf) set (great/little) store by;

wir halten nicht sehr auf Formen we don’t stand on ceremony

2.

etwas/viel auf sich (akk)

halten take pride/a lot of pride in o.s.; äußerlich: be particular/very particular about one’s appearance; gesundheitlich: look after/take great care of one’s health;

jeder/kein Handwerker, der (etwas) auf sich hält any/no self-respecting craftsman

D. v/r

1. Lebensmittel etc: keep; Schuhe etc: last; Wetter: hold; Preis, Kurs etc: hold; Geschäft, Mode, Restaurant etc: last;

sich gut halten Lebensmittel etc: keep well;

sie hat sich gut gehalten (ist wenig gealtert) she looks good for her age, she’s well preserved

2. (bleiben) fit, warm etc: keep, stay;

sich in Form halten keep in form; körperlich: auch keep fit;

sich bereit halten be ready; Truppen etc: be on standby;

sich verborgen oder

versteckt halten remain hidden ( oder in hiding)

3. (standhalten) hold out;

sich gut oder

wacker halten hold one’s own (

gegen against), do well;

sich halten als maintain one’s position as;

sich auf einem Posten halten (können) last

4.

sich halten an (+akk) keep to, stick to; an Vorschriften etc: comply with;

sich an jemanden halten (sich verlassen auf) rely on sb; wegen Schadenersatz: hold sb liable;

sich an das Gesetz halten comply with ( oder abide by) the law;

der Film hält sich eng an die Vorlage the film keeps very close to the original; möchten Sie einen Sherry? - nein,

ich halte mich lieber an alkoholfreie Getränke I’d rather stick to ( oder with) something non-alcoholic;

heute werde ich mich mal an den Tee halten I’m going to stick to tea today

5. Haltung, Lage, Richtung:

sich links/rechts halten keep to the left/right;

sich südlich halten keep on south, keep going in a southerly direction;

sich sehr gerade oder

aufrecht halten hold o.s. very straight ( oder erect);

sich kaum noch auf den Beinen halten können hardly be able to stand;

sich oft abseits halten often keep (o.s.) to o.s.;

halt dich immer dicht hinter mir keep very close behind me

6. (beherrschen):

sich nicht oder

kaum mehr halten können not be able to contain o.s.;

sich nicht oder

kaum mehr halten können vor Freude/Zorn etc be so happy/angry etc that one can no longer contain o.s.;

sich (vor Lachen) nicht mehr halten können umg not be able to keep a straight face, not be able to stop o.s. ( oder keep from) laughing

7.

sich halten für think o.s. sth, consider ( oder hold geh) o.s. to be sth.;

sie hält sich mal wieder für besonders schlau she thinks she’s been terribly clever again; → auch A 12, bereithalten

* * *
1.
unregelmäßiges transitives Verb

1) (auch Milit.) hold

etwas an einem Ende halten — hold one end of something

sich (Dat.) den Kopf/den Bauch halten — hold one's head/stomach

jemanden an od. bei der Hand halten — hold somebody's hand; hold somebody by the hand

die Hand vor den Mund halten — put one's hand in front of one's mouth

etwas ins Licht/gegen das Licht halten — hold something to/up to the light

2) (Ballspiele) save <shot, penalty, etc.>

3) (bewahren) keep; (beibehalten, aufrechterhalten) keep up <speed etc.>; maintain <temperature, equilibrium>

einen Ton halten — stay in tune; (lange anhalten) sustain a note

den Takt halten — keep time

Diät halten — keep to a diet

den Kurs halten — stay on course

diese Behauptung lässt sich nicht halten — this statement does not hold up

Ordnung/Frieden halten — keep order/the peace

4) (erfüllen) keep

sein Wort/ein Versprechen halten — keep one's word/a promise

5) (besitzen, beschäftigen, beziehen) keep <chickens etc.>; take <newspaper, magazine, etc.>

ein Auto halten — run a car

6) (einschätzen)

jemanden für reich/ehrlich halten — think somebody is or consider somebody to be rich/honest

ich halte es für das beste/möglich/meine Pflicht — I think it best/possible/my duty

viel/nichts/wenig von jemandem/etwas halten — think a lot/nothing/not think much of somebody/something

7) (abhalten, veranstalten) give, make < speech>; give, hold < lecture>

Unterricht halten — give lessons; teach

seinen Mittagsschlaf halten — have one's or an afternoon nap

8) (Halt geben) hold up, support <bridge etc.>; hold back <curtain, hair>; fasten < dress>

9) (zurückhalten) keep

ihn hält hier nichts — there's nothing to keep him here

es hält dich niemand — nobody's stopping you

10) (bei sich behalten)

das Wasser halten — hold one's water

11) (nicht aufgeben)

ein Geschäft usw. halten — keep a business etc. going

12) (behandeln) treat

jemanden streng halten — be strict with somebody

13) (vorziehen)

es mehr od. lieber mit jemandem/etwas halten — prefer somebody/something

14) (verfahren)

es mit einer Sache so/anders halten — deal with or handle something like this/differently

15) (gestalten)

das Badezimmer ist in Grün gehalten — the bathroom is decorated in green

die Rede war sehr allgemein gehalten — the speech was very general
2.
unregelmäßiges intransitives Verb

1) (stehen bleiben) stop

2) (unverändert, an seinem Platz bleiben) last

der Nagel/das Seil hält nicht mehr länger — the nail/rope won't hold much longer

diese Freundschaft hält nicht [lange] — (fig.) this friendship won't last [long]

3) (Sport) save

er hat gut gehalten — he made some good saves

4) (beistehen)

zu jemandem halten — stand or stick by somebody

5) (zielen) aim (auf + Akk. at)

6) (Seemannsspr.) head

auf etwas (Akk.) halten — head for or towards something

7) (sich beherrschen)

an sich (Akk.) halten — control oneself

8) (achten)

auf Ordnung halten — attach importance to tidiness
3.
unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb

1) (sich durchsetzen, behaupten)

wir werden uns nicht länger halten können — we won't be able to hold out much longer

das Geschäft wird sich nicht halten können — the shop won't keep going [for long]

2) (sich bewähren)

sich gut halten — do well; make a good showing

halte dich tapfer — be brave

3) (unverändert bleiben) <weather, flowers, etc.> last; <milk, meat, etc.> keep

4) (Körperhaltung haben)

sich schlecht/gerade/aufrecht halten — hold or carry oneself badly/straight/erect

5) (bleiben)

sich auf den Beinen/im Sattel halten — stay on one's feet/in the saddle

6) (gehen, bleiben)

sich links/rechts halten — keep [to the] left/right

sich an jemandes Seite (Dat.) /hinter jemandem halten — stay or keep next to/behind somebody

7) (befolgen)

sich an etwas (Akk.) halten — keep to or follow something

8) (sich wenden)

sich an jemanden halten — ask somebody

9) (ugs.): (jung, gesund bleiben)

sie hat sich gut gehalten — she is well preserved for her age (coll.)

* * *

v.

(§ p.,pp.: hielt, gehalten)

= to bear v.

(§ p.,p.p.: bore, borne)

to clamp v.

to halt v.

to hold v.

(§ p.,p.p.: held)

to keep v.

(§ p.,p.p.: kept)

to retain v.

to uphold v.

(§ p.,p.p.: upheld)

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > halten
25 donner

donner [dɔne]

━━━━━━━━━

1. transitive verb

2. intransitive verb

3. reflexive verb

━━━━━━━━━

➭ TABLE 1

1. <

   a. to give

• donner qch à qn to give sth to sb to give sb sth

• donner à boire à qn to give sb something to drink

• donner son corps à la science to donate one's body to science

• donner sa vie pour une cause to give one's life for a cause

• donnez-moi un kilo d'oranges I'd like a kilo of oranges

• j'ai déjà donné ! I've already made a donation! ; ( = on ne m'y reprendra plus !) I've been there!(PROV) donner c'est donner, reprendre c'est voler a gift is a gift

• donner quelque chose à faire à qn to give sb something to do

• donner ses chaussures à ressemeler to take one's shoes to be resoled

• le médecin lui donne 3 mois the doctor has given him 3 months

• je vous le donne en mille ! (inf) you'll never guess!

• donner une punition à qn to punish sb

• donner un coup de balai à la pièce to give the room a quick sweep

   b. ( = céder) [+ vieux vêtements] to give away

• donner sa place à une dame to give up one's seat to a lady

   c. ( = distribuer) to hand out ; [+ cartes] to deal

• c'est à vous de donner (les cartes) it's your deal

   d. ( = indiquer) [+ détails, idée, avis, ton] to give ; [+ sujet de devoir, tempo] to set

• pouvez-vous me donner l'heure ? can you tell me the time?

   e. ( = causer) [+ plaisir, courage] to give ; [+ peine, mal] to cause

• ça donne faim it makes you hungry

• donner le vertige à qn to make sb giddy

• mangez ça, ça va vous donner des forces eat this, it'll give you some energy

   f. ( = organiser) [+ réception, bal] to give ; [+ pièce] to perform

   g. ( = attribuer) quel âge lui donnez-vous ? how old would you say he was?

• je lui donne 50 ans I'd say he was 50

   h. ( = produire) [+ fruits, récolte] to yield ; [+ résultat] to produce

• elle lui a donné un fils she gave him a son

• cette méthode ne donne rien this method is totally ineffective

• qu'est-ce que ça donne ? (inf) how's it going?

   i. (locutions) donner un fait pour certain to present a fact as a certainty

• on l'a donné pour mort he was given up for dead

• tout donne à croire que... everything suggests that...

• c'est ce qu'on m'a donné à entendre that's what I was given to understand

2. <

   a. ( = produire) les pommiers ont bien donné cette année the apple trees have produced a good crop this year

   b. (locutions)

► donner de

• je ne sais plus où donner de la tête I don't know which way to turn► donner dans [+ piège] to fall into

• il donne dans le sentimentalisme he's got to be rather sentimental► donner sur [pièce, porte] to open onto ; [fenêtre] to overlook

• la maison donne sur la mer the house overlooks the sea

3. <

► se donner

   a. ( = se consacrer)

se donner à to devote o.s. to

• il s'est donné à fond he gave his all

   b. ( = échanger) ils se donnaient des baisers they were kissing each other

   c. (à soi-même) donne-toi un coup de peigne give your hair a comb

• se donner bien du mal to go to a lot of trouble

• il s'est donné la peine de me prévenir he took the trouble to warn me

• se donner bonne conscience to ease one's conscience

• se donner un président to choose a president

• s'en donner à cœur joie to have a whale of a time (inf)

* * *
dɔne
1.

verbe transitif

1) gén

donner quelque chose à quelqu'un — to give something to somebody, to give somebody something [livre, adresse, emploi, temps, autorisation, conseil, courage, rhume]; Jeux to deal [cartes] (à to)

donner pour les œuvres — to give to charity

donner l'heure à quelqu'un — to tell somebody the time

je lui donne 40 ans — I'd say he/she was 40

on ne lui donne pas d'âge — you can't tell how old he/she is

donner froid/faim à quelqu'un — to make somebody feel cold/hungry

donner à croire or penser or comprendre que... — to suggest that...

donner à quelqu'un à penser/croire que... — to make somebody think/believe that...

donne-moi ton genou que j'examine cette blessure — let me see your knee so that I can look at that wound

2) ( confier) to give [objet, tâche] ( à faire to do)

elle donne sa fille à garder à mes parents — she has my parents look after her daughter

j'ai donné ma voiture à réparer — I've taken my car in to be repaired

3) ( présenter) [salle, cinéma] to show [film]; [théâtre] to put on [pièce]; [troupe] to give [spectacle, représentation]

qu'est-ce qu'on donne au Marignan? — Cinéma what's showing ou on at the Marignan?; Théâtre what's playing at the Marignan?

4) ( organiser) to give [dîner, gala] ( pour quelqu'un for somebody)

5) ( assurer) to give [cours, exposé] (à, devant to)

6) ( considérer) to give [personne, œuvre] (comme, pour as)

les sondages le donnent en tête — the polls put him in the lead

7) ( produire) to give [sentiment, impression]; to give [ombre, aspect, teinte]; to produce, to yield [fruits, jus]; to produce [résultats]

leur intervention n'a rien donné — their intervention didn't have any effect

8) ( manifester) to show [signes] (à to)

9) (colloq) ( dénoncer) to inform on [complice] (à to)

10) ( entreprendre)

donner l'assaut à quelqu'un — to attack somebody

donner la charge contre quelqu'un — to charge at somebody

2.

verbe intransitif

1) ( produire)

le poirier va bien donner cette année — the pear tree will produce GB ou yield a good crop this year

2) ( émettre un son) [radio] to be playing

donner du cor — ( à la chasse) to sound the horn

3) ( heurter)

donner sur ou contre — [personne, animal, véhicule] to hit, to run into

donner de la tête or du front contre quelque chose — to hit one's head against something

ne plus savoir où donner de la tête — fig not to know which way to turn

4) ( être orienté)

donner sur — [chambre, fenêtre] to overlook [mer, rue]; [porte] to give onto

donner au nord/sud — [façade, pièce] to face ou look north/south

la cuisine donne dans le salon — the kitchen leads into the living-room

5) ( avoir tendance à)

donner dans — to tend toward(s)

en ce moment, il donne dans la musique baroque — at the moment, he's into (colloq) baroque music

6) ( se lancer)

donner dans un piège — to fall into a trap

7) ( consacrer)

donner de soi-même or de sa personne — to give of oneself

8) ( attaquer) [troupe, chars] to attack, to go into action

3.

se donner verbe pronominal

1) ( se livrer)

se donner à — to devote oneself to [travail, cause]

se donner à fond dans quelque chose — to give one's all to something

2) ( s'octroyer)

se donner le temps de faire — to give oneself time to do

se donner les moyens de faire — to find the means to do

pays qui se donne un nouveau président — country which is getting a new president

3) ( s'imposer)

se donner pour or comme but/mission de faire — to make it one's aim/mission to do

se donner pour tâche de faire — to set oneself the task of doing

4) ( affecter)

se donner pour intelligent/pacifiste — to make oneself out to be intelligent/a pacifist

se donner de grands airs — to give oneself airs

5) ( échanger)

se donner des coups — to exchange blows

se donner des baisers — to kiss one another

se donner rendez-vous — to arrange to meet

se donner le mot — to pass the word on

••

donnant donnant: je garde ton chat à Noël, tu gardes le mien à Pâques — fair's fair: I keep your cat at Christmas, you keep mine at Easter

avec lui, c'est donnant donnant — he never does anything for nothing

je te le donne en mille — (colloq) you'll never guess

* * *
dɔne
1. vt

1) [objet personnel, argent] to give, (= faire don de) to give away

"Tu as toujours ta veste en daim?"- - "Non, je l'ai donnée." — "Have you still got your suede jacket?" - - "No, I've given it away."

donner qch à qn [cadeau, renseignement] — to give sb sth, to give sth to sb

Elle m'a donné son adresse. — She gave me her address.

2) [spectacle] to put on, [film] to show

3) [résultat, effet] to produce

Cela donne un résultat surprenant. — It produces a surprising result.

4) (autres locutions)

donner l'heure à qn — to tell sb the time

donner un coup à qn — to hit sb

donner faim à qn — to make sb feel hungry

Ça m'a donné faim. — That made me feel hungry.

2. vi

1) (= faire un don) to give

Il donne toujours quand c'est pour Médecins Sans Frontières. — He always gives something when it's for Médecins Sans Frontières.

non merci, j'ai déjà donné ironique — no thanks, I've had my fair share of that

2)

donner de sa personne (= se sacrifier) — to give of o.s.

3) [soleil] to shine

Le soleil donnait à fond. — The sun was beating down.

4) [arbre fruitier] to bear fruit

Notre noyer n'a pas donné cette année. — Our walnut tree didn't have any nuts this year.

5) (= laisser croire)

donner à penser que... — to make one think that...

donner à entendre que... — to give to understand that...

6) (= avoir vue)

donner sur [fenêtre, chambre] — to look onto, to overlook

une fenêtre qui donne sur la mer — a window that looks onto the sea, a window overlooking the sea

7) (se laisser prendre)

donner dans [piège] — to fall into, [genre, style] to slip into

8) MILITAIRE (= charger, attaquer)

faire donner l'infanterie — to send in the infantry

* * *

donner verb table: aimer

A vtr

1 ( mettre en la possession de) to give [livre, jouet, argent, salaire]; donner qch à qn to give sth to sb, to give sb sth; donner pour les œuvres to give to charity; j'ai déjà donné! lit I've already made a donation!; fig been there, done that!; je donnerais beaucoup or cher pour savoir qui/comment I'd give a lot to know who/how; ⇒ chat;

2 ( attribuer) to give [nom, titre] (à to); donner un sens particulier à un mot to give a word a particular meaning; je lui donne 40 ans I'd say he/she was 40; on ne lui donne pas d'âge you can't tell how old he/she is; il me donnait du ‘Maître’ he was calling me ‘Maître’;

3 ( faire avoir) to give [migraine, appétit, courage, cauchemars] (à to); donner froid/faim à qn to make sb feel cold/hungry;

4 ( procurer) to give [objet, emploi, nourriture, réponse, conseil] (à to); Jeux to deal [cartes] (à to); donner le bras/la main à qn to give sb one's arm/hand; donner à boire à qn to give sb something to drink; c'est à toi de donner Jeux it's your deal; donner à croire or penser or comprendre que… to suggest that…; donner à qn à penser/croire que… to make sb think/believe that…; donne-moi ton genou que j'examine cette blessure let me see your knee so that I can look at that wound; ⇒ main;

5 (transmettre, communiquer) to give [renseignement] (à to); je vais vous donner mon adresse I'll give you my address; elle m'a donné son rhume she's given me her cold; donner l'heure à qn to tell sb the time;

6 ( confier) to give [objet, tâche] (à faire to do); il m'a donné son chat/ses livres à garder he gave me his cat/his books to look after; elle donne sa fille à garder à mes parents she has my parents look after her daughter; j'ai donné ma voiture à réparer I've taken my car in to be repaired;

7 ( accorder) to give [temps, moyens, autorisation]; je ne te donne pas deux mois pour te faire renvoyer I'd give you less than two months before you're sacked; donner tout son temps au club to devote all one's time to the club;

8 ( présenter) [salle, cinéma] to show [film]; [théâtre] to put on [pièce]; [troupe] to give [spectacle, représentation] ; qu'est-ce qu'on donne au Marignan? Cin what's showing ou on at the Marignan?; Théât what's playing at the Marignan?; cette pièce a été donnée pour la première fois en 1951 this play was first performed in 1951;

9 ( organiser) to give [dîner, réception, gala] (pour qn for sb);

10 ( assurer) to give [cours, exposé] (à, devant to);

11 ( considérer) to give [personne, œuvre] (comme, pour as); les sondages le donnent en tête the polls put him in the lead; on donne ce texte pour authentique this text is given as authentic; les spécialistes le donnent comme futur champion the experts point to him as the future champion;

12 ( produire) [aspect] to give [sentiment, impression]; [plante] to give [ombre]; to produce, to yield [fruits, jus, substance]; [expérience, méthode] to produce [résultats]; [procédé, éclairage, maquillage] to give [aspect, teinte]; leur intervention n'a rien donné their intervention didn't have any effect; elle lui a donné trois fils she gave him three sons; mange des carottes, ça te donnera bonne mine eat carrots, they're good for your complexion;

13 ( manifester) to show [signes] (à to); donner des signes de faiblesse to show signs of weakness;

14 ○( dénoncer) to grass on○ GB, to fink on○ US, to inform on [complice] (à to);

15 ( entreprendre) [troupe, infanterie, police] donner l'assaut à qn to attack sb; donner la charge contre qn to charge at sb.

B vi

1 ( produire) [plante] to produce a crop GB, to yield a crop; le poirier va bien donner cette année the pear tree will produce GB ou yield a good crop this year;

2 ( émettre un son) [radio, hi-fi] to be playing; leur téléviseur donne à fond their television is on full blast; donner du cor Chasse to sound the horn;

3 ( heurter) donner sur ou contre [personne, animal] to run into; [tête] to hit; [véhicule] to hit, to run into; donner de la tête or du front contre qch to hit one's head against sth; ne plus savoir où donner de la tête fig not to know which way to turn;

4 ( être orienté) donner sur or dans [porte, chambre, fenêtre] ( d'une hauteur) to overlook, to look out over; ( de plain-pied) to look onto [mer, cour, rue]; donner au nord/sud [façade, pièce] to face ou look north/south; la cuisine donne dans le salon the kitchen leads into the living-room; la fenêtre donne sur la mer the window overlooks the sea;

5 ( avoir tendance à) donner dans to tend toward(s); donner dans le masochisme [roman, film] to tend toward(s) masochism; [personne] to have masochistic tendencies; en ce moment, il donne dans la musique baroque at the moment, he's into○ baroque music;

6 ( se lancer) donner dans une embuscade/un piège to fall into an ambush/a trap;

7 ( consacrer) donner de soi-même or de sa personne to give of oneself; donner de soi-même pour faire/pour qch to devote oneself to doing/to sth;

8 ( attaquer) [troupe, chars] to attack, to go into action; faire donner la troupe to send the troops into action.

C se donner vpr

1 ( se livrer) se donner à to devote oneself to [travail, cause, peinture]; se donner à fond dans qch to give one's all to sth; se donner à un homme to give oneself to a man;

2 ( s'octroyer) se donner le temps de faire to give oneself time to do; se donner les moyens de faire to find the means to do; pays qui se donne un nouveau président country which is getting a new president; il se donnait le nom de Brutus/le titre de docteur he called himself Brutus/gave himself the title of doctor; ⇒ joie, temps;

3 ( s'imposer) se donner pour or comme but/mission de faire to make it one's aim/mission to do; il se donne le détachement comme objectif he makes it his aim to be detached; il se donne comme objectif de perdre 15 kilos he has set himself the target of losing 15 kilos; se donner pour tâche de faire to set oneself the task of doing; je me donne trois jours pour finir I'll give myself three days to finish;

4 ( affecter) se donner pour intelligent/pacifiste to make oneself out to be intelligent/a pacifist; il se donne pour plus compétent qu'il n'est he makes himself out to be more competent than he really is; elle se donne des airs de Marilyn Monroe she walks around as if she's Marylin Monroe; se donner de grands airs to give oneself airs; un prétentieux qui se donne des airs de savant a pretentious man who acts as if he is a scholar; se donner bonne conscience to affect a clear conscience; se donner une nouvelle image to give oneself a new image; il se donne une importance qu'il n'a pas he acts as if he's important when he isn't;

5 ( échanger) se donner des coups to exchange blows; se donner des baisers to kiss one another; se donner rendez-vous to arrange to meet; se donner le mot to pass the word on;

6 ( être joué) [film] to be showing (à at); [spectacle] to be put on (à at); [pièce] to be playing (à at).

Idiomes

donnant donnant: je garde ton chat à Noël, tu gardes le mien à Pâques fair's fair: I keep your cat at Christmas, you keep mine at Easter; avec lui, c'est donnant donnant he never does anything for nothing; je te le donne en mille○ you'll never guess.

[dɔne] verbe transitif

A.[CÉDER, ACCORDER]

1. [offrir] to give

[se débarrasser de] to give away (separable)

[distribuer] to give out (separable)

donner quelque chose à quelqu'un to give something to somebody, to give somebody something

donner quelque chose en cadeau à quelqu'un to make somebody a present of something

donner quelque chose en souvenir à quelqu'un to give ou to leave somebody something as a souvenir

il est joli, ce tableau! — je te le donne what a lovely picture! — please have it

à ce prix-là, ma petite dame, je vous le donne! at that price, dear, I'm giving it away!

c'était donné, l'examen, cette année! (familier) the exam was a piece of cake this year!

dis donc, on te l'a donné, ton permis de conduire! (humoristique) how on earth did you pass your driving test!

donner sa place à quelqu'un dans le train to give up one's seat to somebody on the train

donner à boire à un enfant to give a child a drink ou something to drink

donner à manger aux enfants/chevaux to feed the children/horses

(en usage absolu) to give

donner aux pauvres to give to the poor

donner de son temps to give up one's time

donner de sa personne to give of oneself

j'ai déjà donné! (familier) I've been there ou through that already!

2. DROIT [léguer] to leave

[faire don public de - argent, œuvre d'art, organe] to donate, to give

3. [accorder - subvention] to give, to hand out (separable) ; [ - faveur, interview, liberté] to give, to grant ; [ - prix, récompense] to give, to award

donner sa fille en mariage à quelqu'un to marry one's daughter to somebody

donner la permission à quelqu'un de faire quelque chose to allow somebody to do something, to give somebody permission to do something

donner rendez-vous à quelqu'un

a. ADMINISTRATION to make an appointment with somebody

b. [ami, amant] to make a date with somebody

donner à quelqu'un l'occasion de faire quelque chose to give somebody the opportunity to do something ou of doing something

donner son soutien à quelqu'un to give one's support to somebody, to support somebody

(tournure impersonnelle)

il n'est pas donné à tout le monde de... not everybody is fortunate enough to...

4. [laisser - délai] to give, to leave

5. [confier] to give, to hand, to pass

donner une tâche à quelqu'un to entrust somebody with a job

elle m'a donné sa valise à porter she gave me her suitcase to carry

donner ses enfants à garder to have one's children looked after

6. [remettre - généralement] to give ; [ - devoir] to give, to hand in (separable)

donne la balle, Rex, donne! come on Rex, let go (of the ball)!

donnez vos papiers hand over your papers

7. [vendre - suj: commerçant] to give

8. [payer] to give

combien t'en a-t-on donné? how much did you get for it?

je donnerais cher pour le savoir I'd give a lot to know that

je donnerais n'importe quoi pour le retrouver I'd give anything to find it again

9. [administrer - médicament, sacrement] to give, to administer (soutenu) ; [ - bain] to give

donner 15 ans de prison à quelqu'un to give somebody a 15-year prison sentence

donner une punition à quelqu'un to punish somebody

10. [appliquer - coup, baiser] to give

donner une fessée à quelqu'un to smack somebody's bottom, to spank somebody

donner un coup de rabot/râteau/pinceau à quelque chose to go over something with a plane/rake/paintbrush

11. [passer, transmettre] to give, to pass on (separable)

son père lui a donné le goût du théâtre she got her liking for the theatre from her father

12. [organiser - dîner, bal] to give, to throw

13. (locution)

je vous le donne en cent ou mille (familier) you'll never guess in a month of Sundays ou in a million years

B.[CONFÉRER]

1. [assigner] to give

donner un nom à quelqu'un to give somebody a name, to name somebody

je donne peu d'importance à ces choses I attach little importance to these things

2. [attribuer]

on ne lui donnerait pas son âge he doesn't look his age

quel âge me donnez-vous? how old would you say I am?

3. [prédire] to give

je ne lui donne pas trois mois

a. [à vivre] I give her less than three months to live

b. [avant d'échouer] I'll give it three months at the most

C.[GÉNÉRALEMENTÉRER]

1. [suj: champ] to yield

[suj: arbre fruitier] to give, to produce

2. [susciter, provoquer - courage, énergie, espoir] to give ; [ - migraine] to give, to cause ; [ - sensation] to give, to create ; [ - impression] to give, to produce

donner du souci à quelqu'un to worry somebody

les enfants donnent du travail children are a lot of work

donner des boutons à quelqu'un to make somebody come out in spots

faire la vaisselle me donne des boutons (figuré) I'm allergic to washing-up

ça donne la diarrhée it gives you ou causes diarrhoea

donner chaud/froid/faim/soif à quelqu'un to make somebody hot/cold/hungry/thirsty

donner mal au cœur à quelqu'un to make somebody (feel) sick ou nauseous

3. [conférer - prestige] to confer, to give ; [ - aspect, charme] to give, to lend

le grand air t'a donné des couleurs the fresh air has brought colour to your cheeks

pour donner plus de mystère à l'histoire to make the story more mysterious

4. [aboutir à - résultats] to give, to yield ; [ - effet] to result in

en ajoutant les impôts, cela donne la somme suivante when you add (in) ou on the tax, it comes to the following amount

et ta candidature, ça donne quelque chose? have you had anything about your application?

les recherches n'ont rien donné the search was fruitless

la robe ne donne pas grand-chose comme cela, essaie avec une ceinture the dress doesn't look much like that, try it with a belt

j'ai ajouté du vin à la sauce — qu'est-ce que ça donne? I've added some wine to the sauce — what is it like now?

D.[EXPRIMER, COMMUNIQUER]

1. [présenter, fournir - garantie, preuve, précision] to give, to provide ; [ - explication] to give ; [ - argument] to put forward (separable) ; [ - ordre, consigne] to give

donner un conseil à quelqu'un to give somebody a piece of advice, to advise somebody

donner ses sources to quote one's sources

donner une certaine image de son pays to show one's country in a particular light

donner à entendre ou comprendre que to let it be understood that

ces faits nous ont été donnés comme vrais we were led to believe that these facts were true

donner quelque chose pour certain to give something as a certainty

on le donnait pour riche he was said ou thought to be rich

2. [dire] to give

donner des nouvelles à quelqu'un to give somebody news

donnez-moi de ses nouvelles tell me how he is

je te le donne pour ce que ça vaut (familier) that's what I was told, anyway

3. [indiquer - suj: instrument] to give, to indicate, to show

4. (familier) [dénoncer] to give away (separable), to rat on, to shop (UK)

5. [rendre public - causerie, cours] to give ; [ - œuvre, spectacle] to put on

qu'est-ce qu'on donne au Rex? what's on at the Rex?

————————

[dɔne] verbe intransitif

1. [produire - arbre] to bear fruit, to yield ; [ - potager, verger, terre] to yield

la vigne a bien/mal donné cette année the vineyard had a good/bad yield this year

dis donc, elle donne, ta chaîne hi-fi! (familier) that's a mean sound system you've got there!

donner à plein

a. [radio] to be on full blast, to be blaring (out)

b. [campagne de publicité, soirée] to be in full swing

le soleil donne à plein the sun is beating down

2. CARTES to deal

à toi de donner your deal

3. [attaquer] to charge

faire donner la garde/troupe to send in the guards/troops

————————

donner dans verbe plus préposition

1. [tomber dans]

donner dans une embuscade to be ambushed

sans donner dans le mélodrame without becoming too melodramatic

2. [se cogner contre]

l'enfant est allé donner dans la fenêtre the child crashed into the window

3. [déboucher sur] to give out onto

l'escalier donne dans une petite cour the staircase gives out onto ou leads to ou leads into a small courtyard

————————

donner de verbe plus préposition

1. [cogner avec]

donner du coude/de la tête contre une porte to bump one's elbow/one's head against a door

2. [utiliser]

donner du cor to sound the horn

donner de la voix to raise one's voice

donner de la tête [animal] to shake its head

ne plus savoir où donner de la tête (figuré) to be run off one's feet

3. NAUTIQUE

donner de la bande to list

4. (locution)

elle lui donne du "monsieur" she calls him "Sir"

————————

donner sur verbe plus préposition

1. [se cogner contre]

la barque alla donner sur le rocher the boat crashed into the rock

2. [être orienté vers]

la chambre donne sur le jardin/la mer the room overlooks the garden/the sea

chambre donnant sur la mer room with a sea view

————————

se donner verbe pronominal (emploi passif)

[film, pièce] to be on

————————

se donner verbe pronominal intransitif

1. [employer son énergie]

monte sur scène et donne-toi à fond get on the stage and give it all you've got

se donner à: se donner à une cause to devote oneself ou one's life to a cause

elle s'est donnée à fond ou complètement dans son entreprise she put all her effort into her business

2. (soutenu) [sexuellement]

se donner à quelqu'un to give oneself to somebody

————————

se donner verbe pronominal transitif

1. [donner à soi-même]

se donner un coup de marteau sur les doigts to hit one's fingers with a hammer

se donner les moyens de faire quelque chose to give oneself the means to do something

se donner du bon temps

a. [généralement] to have fun

b. (euphémisme) to give oneself a good time

[s'accorder - délai] to give ou to allow oneself

2. [échanger] to give one another ou each other

se donner un baiser to give each other a kiss, to kiss

ils se sont donné leurs impressions they swapped views

3. [se doter de] to give oneself

4. [prétendre avoir]

il se donne trente ans he claims to be thirty

5. (locution)

s'en donner à cœur joie, s'en donner: les enfants s'en sont donné au square the children had the time of their lives in the park

————————

se donner pour verbe pronominal plus préposition

to pass oneself off as, to claim to be

————————

donnant donnant locution adverbiale

that's fair, fair's fair

d'accord, mais c'est donnant donnant OK, but I want something in return

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > donner

26 führen

I v/t

1. lead (nach, zu to); (geleiten) auch take, escort; zu einem Platz: auch usher; (jemandem den Weg zeigen) lead, guide; (zwangsweise) escort; an oder bei der Hand führen take s.o. by the hand; an der Leine / am Zügel führen walk on the lead / lead by the reins; Besucher in ein Zimmer führen show ( oder lead oder usher) into a room; jemanden durch die Firma / Wohnung führen show s.o. (a)round the firm (Am. company) / the apartment (Brit. auch flat); die Polizei auf jemandes Spur führen fig. put the police on s.o.’s track; was führt dich zu mir? fig. what brings you here?; meine Reise führte mich nach Spanien fig. my trip took me to Spain; Versuchung

2. (irgendwohin gelangen lassen): jemandem die Hand führen guide s.o.’s hand (auch fig.); zum Mund führen raise to one’s lips; ein Kabel durch ein Rohr führen pass a cable through a pipe; eine Straße um einen Ort führen take a road (a)round a place, bypass a place

3. (handhaben) handle, wield; sie führt den Ball sicher Basketball etc.: she’s got good ball control

4. Amtsspr. (Auto, Zug etc.) drive; (Flugzeug etc.) pilot, fly; (Schiff) navigate

5. bei oder mit sich führen have on one, carry; (Fracht, Ladung etc.) carry; Erz führen bear ( oder contain) ore; Strom führen ETECH. be live; (leiten) conduct current; der Fluss führt Sand ( mit sich) the river carries sand with it; Hochwasser

6. (anführen) lead, head; (Leitung haben) be in charge of; MIL. auch command; (Geschäft, Haushalt etc.) manage, run; (lenkend beeinflussen) guide; eine Armee in den Kampf / zum Sieg führen lead an army into battle / to victory; in den Ruin führen (Firma etc.) lead to ruin; eine Klasse zum Abitur führen take a class through to the Abitur exam; er führt seine Mitarbeiter mit fester Hand he manages his colleagues with a firm hand; Aufsicht, geführt, Kommando, Vorsitz etc.

7. (Gespräch, Verhandlung etc.) carry on, have; (Telefongespräch) make; (Prozess) conduct; (Buch, Liste, Protokoll etc.) keep; (Konto) manage; ein geruhsames etc. Leben führen lead ( oder live) a peaceful etc. life; sie führen eine gute Ehe they’re happily married, they have a good (husband-and-wife) relationship; etw. zu Ende führen finish s.th.; Beweis, Krieg, Regie etc.

8. (Namen) bear, go by ( oder under) the name of; (Nummer, Wappen) have; (Flagge) carry, fly; (Titel) Person: hold; Buch etc.: have; den Titel... führen Buch: auch be entitled...

9. (Ware) auf Lager: stock; zum Verkauf: auch sell, have; führen Sie Campingartikel? do you have ( oder sell oder stock) camping gear?; auf oder in einer Liste führen list, make a list of; ( auf oder in einer Liste) geführt werden appear on a list, be listed; als vermisst geführt werden be posted as missing

10. (Reden, Sprache) use; ständig im Munde führen be constantly talking about; (Wendung) be constantly using

11. fig. Feld, Schild2 1 etc.

II v/i

1. lead (nach, zu to); Tal, Tür etc.: auch open (into); unser Weg führte durch einen Wald / über eine Brücke our route led ( oder passed) through a wood / over a bridge

2. beim Tanzen: lead, steer

3. SPORT: führen über (+ Akk) (dauern) last; der Kampf führt über zehn Runden the fight is over ten rounds

4. (führend sein) lead; SPORT auch be in the lead; mit zwei Toren führen be two goals ahead, have a two-goal lead; mit 3:1 führen be 3-1 up; mit 3:1 gegen X führen lead X by 3-1

5. fig.: durch das Programm / den Abend führt X your guide ( oder presenter) for the program(me) / evening is X; führen zu lead to, end in; (zur Folge haben) result in; das führt zu nichts that won’t get you ( oder us etc.) anywhere; das führt zu keinem Ergebnis that won’t produce a result; das führt zu weit that’s ( oder that would be) going too far; wohin soll das noch führen? where will all this lead ( oder end up)?

III v/refl conduct o.s.; bes. Schüler: behave (o.s.); sich gut führen behave (well)

* * *

(befördern) to carry;

(herumführen) to guide;

(im Sortiment haben) to carry;

(leiten) to lead; to shepherd; to conduct;

(lenken) to drive; to pilot; to steer

* * *
füh|ren ['fyːrən]
1. vt

1) (= geleiten) to take; (= vorangehen, - fahren) to lead

eine alte Dame über die Straße fǘhren — to help an old lady over the road

sie hat uns den richtigen Weg geführt — she showed us the right way

er führte uns durch das Schloss — he showed us (a)round the castle

er führte uns durch Italien — he was our guide in Italy

eine Klasse zum Abitur fǘhren — ≈ to see a class through to A-levels (Brit) or to their high school diploma (US)

jdn zum (Trau)altar fǘhren — to lead sb to the altar

2) (= leiten) Geschäft, Betrieb etc to run; Gruppe, Expedition etc to lead, to head; Schiff to captain; Armee etc to command

3) (= in eine Situation bringen) to get (inf), to lead; (= veranlassen zu kommen/gehen) to bring/take

der Hinweis führte die Polizei auf die Spur des Diebes — that tip put the police on the trail of the thief

das führt uns auf das Thema... — that brings or leads us (on)to the subject...

was führt Sie zu mir? (form) — what brings you to me?

ein Land ins Chaos fǘhren — to reduce a country to chaos

4) (= registriert haben) to have a record of

wir fǘhren keinen Meier in unserer Kartei — we have no( record of a) Meier on our files

5) (= handhaben) Pinsel, Bogen, Kamera etc to wield

den Löffel zum Mund/das Glas an die Lippen fǘhren —

die Hand an die Mütze fǘhren — to touch one's cap

6) (= entlangführen) Leitung, Draht to carry

7) (form = steuern) Kraftfahrzeug to drive; Flugzeug to fly, to pilot; Kran, Fahrstuhl to operate; Schiff to sail

8) (= transportieren) to carry; (= haben) Autokennzeichen, Wappen, Namen to have, to bear; Titel to have; (= selbst gebrauchen) to use

Geld/seine Papiere bei sich fǘhren (form) — to carry money/one's papers on one's person

der Fluss führt Hochwasser — the river is running high

9) (= im Angebot haben) to stock, to carry (spec), to keep

etw ständig im Munde fǘhren — to be always talking about sth

er führt diesen Spruch ständig im Munde — he is always using that phrase

2. vi

1) (= in Führung liegen) to lead; (bei Wettkämpfen) to be in the lead, to lead

die Mannschaft führt mit 10 Punkten Vorsprung — the team has a lead of 10 points, the team is in the lead or is leading by 10 points

die Firma XY führt in Videorekordern — XY is the leading firm for video recorders

2) (= verlaufen) (Straße) to go; (Kabel, Pipeline etc) to run; (Spur) to lead

das Rennen führt über 10 Runden/durch ganz Frankreich — the race takes place over 10 laps/covers France

die Straße führt nach Kiel/am Rhein entlang — the road goes to Kiel/runs or goes along the Rhine

die Brücke führt über die Elbe — the bridge crosses or spans the Elbe

der Waldweg führt zu einem Gasthof — the forest path leads or goes to an inn

3)

(= als Ergebnis haben) zu etw fǘhren — to lead to sth, to result in sth

das führt zu nichts — that will come to nothing

es führte zu dem Ergebnis, dass er entlassen wurde — it resulted in or led to his being dismissed

das führt dazu, dass noch mehr Stellen abgebaut werden — it'll lead to or end in further staff reductions or job cuts

wohin soll das alles nur fǘhren? — where is it all leading (us)?

3. vr
form = sich benehmen) to conduct oneself, to deport oneself (form)
* * *

1) (to turn or fork: The road bears left here.) bear

2) (to lead or guide: We were conducted down a narrow path by the guide; He conducted the tour.) conduct

3) (to lead to: Where does this road go?) go

4) (to lead, direct or show the way: I don't know how to get to your house - I'll need someone to guide me; Your comments guided me in my final choice.) guide

5) (to make entries in (a diary, accounts etc): She keeps a diary to remind her of her appointments; He kept the accounts for the club.) keep

6) (to guide or direct or cause to go in a certain direction: Follow my car and I'll lead you to the motorway; She took the child by the hand and led him across the road; He was leading the horse into the stable; The sound of hammering led us to the garage; You led us to believe that we would be paid!) lead

7) (to go or carry to a particular place or along a particular course: A small path leads through the woods.) lead

8) ((with to) to cause or bring about a certain situation or state of affairs: The heavy rain led to serious floods.) lead

9) (to live (a certain kind of life): She leads a pleasant existence on a Greek island.) lead

10) (to keep a supply of for sale: Does this shop stock writing-paper?) stock

11) ((often with around, in, out etc) to guide or lead carefully: He shepherded me through a maze of corridors.) shepherd

12) (to lead, escort: The waiter ushered him to a table.) usher

13) (to carry on or engage in (especially a war): The North waged war on/against the South.) wage

* * *

füh·ren

[ˈfy:rən]

I. vt

1. (bringen, begleiten)

▪ jdn aus etw dat/in etw akk \führen to lead sb into/out of sth

jdn in einen Raum \führen to lead [or usher] sb into a room

▪ jdn durch/über etw akk \führen to lead sb through/across [or over] sth

eine alte Dame über die Straße \führen to help an old lady across [or over] the road

▪ jdn zu etw/jdm \führen (hinbringen) to take sb to sth/sb; (herbringen) to bring sb to sth/sb; (vorangehen) to lead sb to sth/sb

was führt Sie zu mir? (geh) what brings you to me? form

jdn zu seinem Platz \führen to lead [or usher] sb to their seat

jdn zum Traualtar \führen to lead sb to the altar

2. (umherführen, den Weg zeigen)

▪ jdn \führen to guide sb

einen Blinden \führen to guide a blind person

jdn durch ein Museum/ein Schloss/eine Stadt \führen to show sb round a museum/a castle/a town

er führte uns durch London he was our guide in London

3. (leiten)

▪ jdn \führen to lead sb/sth

eine Armee \führen to command an army

eine Expedition/eine Gruppe/eine Mannschaft \führen to lead an expedition/a group/a team

▪ etw \führen to run sth

einen Betrieb/ein Geschäft \führen to run [or manage] a company/a business

4. (anleiten)

▪ jdn \führen to lead sb

er führt seine Angestellten mit fester Hand he leads [or directs] his employees with a firm hand

sie weiß die Schüler zu \führen she knows how to lead the students

5. (bringen, lenken)

▪ jdn auf etw akk \führen to lead sb to sth

der Hinweis führte die Polizei auf die Spur des Diebes the tip put the police on the trail of the thief

das führt uns auf das Thema... that brings [or leads] us on[to] the subject...

jdn auf Abwege \führen to lead sb astray

etw zu Ende \führen to complete sth

6. (laufend ergänzen)

eine Liste/ein Verzeichnis \führen to keep a list/a register

7. (registriert haben)

jdn/etw auf einer Liste/in einem Verzeichnis \führen to have a record of sb/sth on a list/in a register

wir \führen keinen Schmidt in unserer Kartei we have no [record of a] Schmidt on our files

8. (bewegen)

einen Bogen [über die Saiten] \führen to wield a bow [across the strings]

die Kamera [an etw akk] \führen to guide the camera [towards sth]; (durch Teleobjektiv) to zoom in [on sth]

die Kamera ruhig \führen to operate the camera with a steady hand

etw zum Mund[e] \führen to raise sth to one's mouth

sie führte ihr Glas zum Mund she raised her glass to her lips

einen Pinsel [über etw akk] \führen to wield a brush [over sth]

9. (entlangführen)

▪ etw durch/über etw akk \führen to lay sth through/across [or over] sth

er führte das Satellitenkabel durch die Wand he laid [or fed] the satellite cable through the wall

10. (geh: steuern)

ein Flugzeug \führen to fly a plane

ein Kraftfahrzeug/einen Zug \führen to drive a motor vehicle/a train

einen Kran/eine Maschine \führen to operate a crane/a machine

11. (geh: tragen)

einen Namen \führen to go by [or form to bear] a name

verheiratete Frauen \führen oft ihren Mädchennamen weiter married women often retain [or still go by] their maiden name

welchen Namen wirst du nach der Hochzeit \führen? which name will you use when you're married?

unser Mann führt den Decknamen ‚Hans‘ our man goes by the alias of ‘Hans’

einen Titel \führen to hold [or form bear] a title

etw im Wappen \führen to bear sth on one's coat of arms form

12. (geh: haben)

Gepäck bei [o mit] sich dat \führen to be carrying luggage

seine Papiere/eine Schusswaffe bei [o mit] sich dat \führen to carry one's papers/a firearm on one, to carry around one's papers/a firearm sep

13. (im Angebot haben)

▪ etw \führen to stock [or spec carry] sth; (verkaufen) to sell sth

14. (durchführen)

einen Prozess/Verhandlungen \führen to conduct a case/negotiations

II. vi

1. (in Führung liegen) to be in the lead

mit drei Punkten/einer halben Runde \führen to have a lead of [or to be in the lead by] three points/half a lap

2. (verlaufen) to lead, to go

wohin führt diese Straße/dieser Weg? where does this road/this path lead [or go] to?

die Straße führt am Fluss entlang the road runs [or goes] along the river

▪ durch/über etw akk \führen Weg to lead [or go] through/over sth; Straße to lead [or go] [or run] through/over sth; Kabel, Pipeline to run through/over sth; Spuren to lead through/across sth

die Brücke führt über den Rhein the bridge crosses [over] [or spans] the Rhine [or goes over

3. (als Ergebnis haben)

▪ zu etw dat \führen to lead to sth, to result in sth

das führte dazu, dass er entlassen wurde this led to [or resulted in] his [or him] being dismissed

[all] das führt [euch/uns] doch zu nichts that will [all] get you/us nowhere

III. vr (geh: sich benehmen)

▪ sich akk \führen to conduct oneself form

sich akk gut/schlecht \führen to conduct oneself well/badly [or to misbehave]

* * *
1.
transitives Verb

1) lead

ein Tier an der Leine führen — walk an animal on a lead

jemanden durch eine Stadt führen — show somebody around a town

durch das Programm führt [Sie] Klaus Frank — Klaus Frank will present the programme

jemanden auf die richtige Spur führen — put somebody on the right track

2) (Kaufmannsspr.) stock, sell < goods>

3) (durchführen)

Gespräche führen — hold conversations

ein Orts-/Ferngespräch führen — make a local/long-distance call

ein unruhiges Leben führen — lead a turbulent life

eine glückliche Ehe führen — be happily married

einen Prozess [gegen jemanden] führen — take legal action [against somebody]

4) (verantwortlich leiten) manage, run <company, business, pub, etc.>; lead < party, country>; command < regiment>; chair < committee>

eine Reisegruppe führen — be courier to a group of tourists

5) (gelangen lassen) <journey, road> take

was führt Sie zu mir? — what brings you to me?

6) (Amtsspr.) drive <train, motor, vehicle>; navigate < ship>; fly < aircraft>

7) (verlaufen lassen) take <road, cable, etc.>

8) (als Kennzeichnung, Bezeichnung haben) bear

einen Titel/Künstlernamen führen — have a title/use a stage name

den Titel ‘Professor’ führen — use the title of professor

9) (angelegt haben) keep <diary, list, file>

10) (befördern) carry

der Zug führt einen Speisewagen — the train has a dining car

der Fluss führt Hochwasser — the river is in flood

11) (registriert haben)

jemanden in einer Kartei führen — have somebody on file

12) (tragen)

etwas bei od. mit sich führen — have something on one

eine Waffe bei sich führen — carry a weapon
2.
intransitives Verb

1) lead

die Straße führt nach.../durch.../über... — the road leads or goes to.../goes through.../goes over...

das würde zu weit führen — (fig.) that would be taking things too far

2) (an der Spitze liegen) lead; be ahead

nach Punkten führen — be ahead on points

in der Tabelle führen — be the league leaders; be at the top of the league

3)

zu etwas führen — (etwas bewirken) lead to something

zum Ziel führen — bring the desired result

das führt zu nichts — (ugs.) that won't get you/us etc. anywhere (coll.)
3.
reflexives Verb

sich gut/schlecht führen — conduct oneself or behave well/badly

* * *

führen

A. v/t

1. lead (

nach, zu to); (geleiten) auch take, escort; zu einem Platz: auch usher; (jemandem den Weg zeigen) lead, guide; (zwangsweise) escort;

an oder

bei der Hand führen take sb by the hand;

an der Leine/am Zügel führen walk on the lead/lead by the reins;

Besucher

in ein Zimmer führen show ( oder lead oder usher) into a room;

jemanden durch die Firma/Wohnung führen show sb (a)round the firm (US company)/the apartment (Br auch flat);

die Polizei auf jemandes Spur führen fig put the police on sb’s track;

was führt dich zu mir? fig what brings you here?;

meine Reise führte mich nach Spanien fig my trip took me to Spain; → Versuchung

2. (irgendwohin gelangen lassen):

jemandem die Hand führen guide sb’s hand (auch fig);

zum Mund führen raise to one’s lips;

ein Kabel durch ein Rohr führen pass a cable through a pipe;

eine Straße um einen Ort führen take a road (a)round a place, bypass a place

3. (handhaben) handle, wield;

sie führt den Ball sicher Basketball etc: she’s got good ball control

4. ADMIN (Auto, Zug etc) drive; (Flugzeug etc) pilot, fly; (Schiff) navigate

5.

bei oder

mit sich führen have on one, carry; (Fracht, Ladung etc) carry;

Erz führen bear ( oder contain) ore;

Strom führen ELEK be live; (leiten) conduct current;

der Fluss führt Sand (mit sich) the river carries sand with it; → Hochwasser

6. (anführen) lead, head; (Leitung haben) be in charge of; MIL auch command; (Geschäft, Haushalt etc) manage, run; (lenkend beeinflussen) guide;

eine Armee in den Kampf/zum Sieg führen lead an army into battle/to victory;

in den Ruin führen (Firma etc) lead to ruin;

eine Klasse zum Abitur führen take a class through to the Abitur exam;

er führt seine Mitarbeiter mit fester Hand he manages his colleagues with a firm hand; → Aufsicht, geführt, Kommando, Vorsitz etc

7. (Gespräch, Verhandlung etc) carry on, have; (Telefongespräch) make; (Prozess) conduct; (Buch, Liste, Protokoll etc) keep; (Konto) manage;

ein geruhsames etc

Leben führen lead ( oder live) a peaceful etc life;

sie führen eine gute Ehe they’re happily married, they have a good (husband-and-wife) relationship;

etwas zu Ende führen finish sth; → Beweis, Krieg, Regie etc

8. (Namen) bear, go by ( oder under) the name of; (Nummer, Wappen) have; (Flagge) carry, fly; (Titel) Person: hold; Buch etc: have;

den Titel … führen Buch: auch be entitled …

9. (Ware) auf Lager: stock; zum Verkauf: auch sell, have;

führen Sie Campingartikel? do you have ( oder sell oder stock) camping gear?;

auf oder

in einer Liste führen list, make a list of;

(

auf oder

in einer Liste)

geführt werden appear on a list, be listed;

als vermisst geführt werden be posted as missing

10. (Reden, Sprache) use;

ständig im Munde führen be constantly talking about; (Wendung) be constantly using

11. fig → Feld, Schild² 1 etc

B. v/i

1. lead (

nach, zu to); Tal, Tür etc: auch open (into);

unser Weg führte durch einen Wald/über eine Brücke our route led ( oder passed) through a wood/over a bridge

2. beim Tanzen: lead, steer

3. SPORT:

führen über (+akk) (dauern) last;

der Kampf führt über zehn Runden the fight is over ten rounds

4. (führend sein) lead; SPORT auch be in the lead;

mit zwei Toren führen be two goals ahead, have a two-goal lead;

mit 3:1 führen be 3-1 up;

mit 3:1 gegen X führen lead X by 3-1

5. fig:

durch das Programm/den Abend führt X your guide ( oder presenter) for the program(me)/evening is X;

führen zu lead to, end in; (zur Folge haben) result in;

das führt zu nichts that won’t get you ( oder us etc) anywhere;

das führt zu keinem Ergebnis that won’t produce a result;

das führt zu weit that’s ( oder that would be) going too far;

wohin soll das noch führen? where will all this lead ( oder end up)?

C. v/r conduct o.s.; besonders Schüler: behave (o.s.);

sich gut führen behave (well)

* * *
1.
transitives Verb

1) lead

ein Tier an der Leine führen — walk an animal on a lead

jemanden durch eine Stadt führen — show somebody around a town

durch das Programm führt [Sie] Klaus Frank — Klaus Frank will present the programme

jemanden auf die richtige Spur führen — put somebody on the right track

2) (Kaufmannsspr.) stock, sell < goods>

3) (durchführen)

Gespräche führen — hold conversations

ein Orts-/Ferngespräch führen — make a local/long-distance call

ein unruhiges Leben führen — lead a turbulent life

eine glückliche Ehe führen — be happily married

einen Prozess [gegen jemanden] führen — take legal action [against somebody]

4) (verantwortlich leiten) manage, run <company, business, pub, etc.>; lead <party, country>; command < regiment>; chair < committee>

eine Reisegruppe führen — be courier to a group of tourists

5) (gelangen lassen) <journey, road> take

was führt Sie zu mir? — what brings you to me?

6) (Amtsspr.) drive <train, motor, vehicle>; navigate < ship>; fly < aircraft>

7) (verlaufen lassen) take <road, cable, etc.>

8) (als Kennzeichnung, Bezeichnung haben) bear

einen Titel/Künstlernamen führen — have a title/use a stage name

den Titel ‘Professor’ führen — use the title of professor

9) (angelegt haben) keep <diary, list, file>

10) (befördern) carry

der Zug führt einen Speisewagen — the train has a dining car

der Fluss führt Hochwasser — the river is in flood

11) (registriert haben)

jemanden in einer Kartei führen — have somebody on file

12) (tragen)

etwas bei od. mit sich führen — have something on one

eine Waffe bei sich führen — carry a weapon
2.
intransitives Verb

1) lead

die Straße führt nach.../durch.../über... — the road leads or goes to.../goes through.../goes over...

das würde zu weit führen — (fig.) that would be taking things too far

2) (an der Spitze liegen) lead; be ahead

nach Punkten führen — be ahead on points

in der Tabelle führen — be the league leaders; be at the top of the league

3)

zu etwas führen — (etwas bewirken) lead to something

zum Ziel führen — bring the desired result

das führt zu nichts — (ugs.) that won't get you/us etc. anywhere (coll.)
3.
reflexives Verb

sich gut/schlecht führen — conduct oneself or behave well/badly

* * *

v.

to conduct v.

to go v.

(§ p.,p.p.: went, gone)

to guide v.

to lead v.

(§ p.,p.p.: led)

to steer v.

Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > führen

27 Á

shall

* * *

a negative suffix to verbs, not;

era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.

* * *

1.

á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]

With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.

WITH DAT.

A. Loc.

I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.

II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.

2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).

3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.

4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.

III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).

B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:

I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.

II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.

III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.

IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.

C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:

I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.

2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.

3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.

II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.

III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.

IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’

2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.

V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.

VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.

VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.

VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.

WITH ACC.

A. Loc.

I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.

2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.

3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.

II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:

1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.

2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.

III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.

IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.

V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.

VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.

VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.

B. TEMP.

I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.

II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.

III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.

IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.

V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.

VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.

VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.

C. Metaph. and in various relations:

I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.

β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.

II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:

1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.

2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.

3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.

β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.

III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.

IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:

1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.

2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.

3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.

V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.

VI. connected with nouns,

1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.

2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.

3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.

VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.

2.

f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.

COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

28 ÞEIR

(þær, þau), dem. pron. pl. they, those, answering to the sing. ‘sá, sú, þat’, and ‘hann, hón, þat’;

1) the neut. pl. ‘þau’ as collective for a masc. and fem.; síðan gengu þau (sc. Njáll and Bergthora) inn bæði;

2) ‘þeir’ is frequently used before an adv., or a prep. with its complement; þeir norðr þar, those there in the north; þeir fyrir austan árnar, those east of the rivers;

3) pleonast. before the names of two or more persons; þau Ásgerðr ok Þorsteinn, Asgerd and Thorstein; börn þeira Hildigunnar ok Kára váru þeir Starkaðr ok Flosi, the children of H. and K. were these, S. and F.; þeir feðgar, father and son;

4) ellipt., before the name of a single person; þeir Oddr, O. and his men; frá skiptum þeira Þórðar, about the dealings of Thord and Björn; þau Asgerðr, Asgerd and her son (Thorstein).

* * *

þær, þau. This is the plur. of the personal pron., answering to sing. hann, hón, þat; gen. þeira and mod. þeirra; dat. þeim; acc. þá, þær, þau; in mod. speech þau is sounded þaug, which form occurs as early as Run. Gramm. of 1651, and often rhymes in mod. poets with words ending in g, e. g. flaug, þaug, Bb. 2. 17: [the A. S. uses the forms hi, hira, him, hi, and so in early South. E., whereas the North. E. has thay, thair, thaim; South. E. and Chaucer hii, here, hem, Morris’ Specimens, p. xv; Dan. de, deres, early Dan. deræ, dat. dem.]

A. They, them, theirs (see Gramm. p. xxi); töluðu þeir mart, ríða þeir heim af þingi; þeir kómu í Fljótshlíð, Gunnarr tók vel við þeim; Njáll mælti til þeirra …, slíkar fortölur hafði hann fyrir þeim, … þeir spurðu þær tíðenda, báðu þær eigi leyna, þær sögðu svá vera skyldu; at þeim muni ílla sækjask at vinna oss, … vér getum þá eigi með vápnum sótta, and so in endless instances.

2. a peculiarity of the Icel. is the constant use of the neut. plur. ‘þau’ as collective for a masc. and fem.; síðan gengu þau inn bæði (i. e. Njall and Bergthora), at hann skyldi breiða yfir þau húðina; börn þeirra Þjálfa ok Rösku, ok görðusk þau … þá er þau höfðu gengit litla hríð, Edda 28; Ask ok Emblu … önd þau né áttu óð þau né höfðu, Vsp.; and so also of things, e. g. þau páll og reka; þau hönd og fótr, and so on.

B. Special usages; this pronoun is used collectively before the names of two or more persons, the neuter being used when the persons are of different sexes:

1. where more than one are expressly named; þau Ásgerðr ok Þorsteinn, they, Asgerd and Thorstein, Eg. 702; þeir Starkaðr ok Þórðr, ok Flosi, Nj. 282; börn þeirra Hildigunnar ok Kára, the children of H. and K., id.; synir þeirra Starkaðar ok Hallberu vóru þeir Þorgeirr ok Börkr ok Þorkell, 89; synir hans vóru þeir Kolr ok Óttarr ok Haukr, id.; bræðr Hallgerðar vóru þeir Þorleikr, faðir Bolla, ok Ólafr faðir Kjartans, ok Bárðr, they, Thorleik, Olave, and Bard, 2; faðir þeirra Þorkels föður Brands, ok Þorgils föður míns, Jb. 20 (restored by Maurer; the emendation in the Editions is an error; the passage is parallel to that given above from Nj.); Þórr ok þeir lagsmenn, Thor and they—his followers, Edda 28.

2. ellipt., as it seems, where the one part is understood, and not named; in this case the neut. þau is used whenever the name understood is different in gender; þeim Oddi, to Odd and his men, Fms. vi. 379; þeir Vagn, W. and his men; þeir Pálnatóki, P. and his men, xi. 95; þeir Þóroddr, … þeim Þóroddi, Hkr. ii. 251; frá skiptum þeirra Þórðar, the dealings of Thord ( and Björn), Fms. iv. 110; þeir feðgar, they, father and son, Nj. 8; þau Ásgerðr, Asgerd and her son, Eg. 702; vinátta var með þeim frændum þeirra, i. e. between him and their kinsmen, Grett. 132; þeirra bræðra, Fms. xi. 160; þeir í Orkneyjum, Nj. 270; af þeim ( those) fyrir austan árnar, 210.—This use of the pronoun þeir, þær, þau is peculiar to the old Scandin. and Icel. tongue, and is not found in any other Teut. language. We take it to be a remnant from an ancient time when the article was still used detached and not suffixed, being, as in Homeric Greek, used half as a demonstrative pronoun; thus Iliad viii. 457, αϊδ Ἀθηναίη τε και Ἤρη, sounds quite Icel., þær Aþena og Hera; Icel. extend it also to the other cases, þeirra (gen.) Aþenu og Heru, þeim Aþenu og Heru; cp. also II. xiii. 496, 526; the usage of the neut., as above, seems peculiar to Icel. It is therefore an error to explain ‘þeir Þóroddr,’ etc., as if a copula ‘ok’ had been dropped between the pronoun and the pr. name, þeir ‘ok’ Þóroddr; it is in fact an elliptical abbreviated version of the usage in B. 1: similar is the use of hann and hón for the sing. (see hann B. II. p. 239, col. 1), and of Gr. ὁ as in Od. xxi. 181.

C. For this pronoun as demonstrative, see þat, p. 731.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÞEIR

29 poder

m.

1 power (mando, competencia).

estar en/hacerse con el poder to be in/to seize power

poder adquisitivo purchasing power

poder calorífico calorific value

poder de convicción persuasive powers

tener poder de convocatoria to be a crowd-puller

el poder ejecutivo/legislativo/judicial the executive/legislature/judiciary (personas)

poderes fácticos the church, military and press

poderes públicos public authorities

El poder corrompe a los indecisos Power corrupts the undecided.

2 power, authorization.

dar poderes a alguien para que haga algo to authorize somebody to do something

por poderes by proxy

poder notarial power of attorney

3 faculty.

4 proxy, letter of delegation, power of attorney, letter of attorney.

Ella se casó usando un poder She married using a proxy.

v.

1 can, to be able to.

no puedo decírtelo I can't tell you, I'm unable to tell you

2 can, may (tener permiso).

no puedo salir por la noche I'm not allowed to o I can't go out at night

¿puedo fumar aquí? may I smoke here?

¿se puede? may I come in?

3 can (ser capaz moralmente).

no podemos portarnos así con él we can't treat him like that

4 may, can (tener posibilidad, ser posible).

puede estallar la guerra war could o may break out

podías haber ido en tren you could have gone by train

¡podría habernos invitado! she could o might have invited us! (expresa enfado)

puede que llueva it may o might rain

¿vendrás mañana? — puede will you come tomorrow? — I may do

puede ser perhaps, maybe

5 to be stronger than.

tú eres más alto, pero yo te puedo you may be taller than me, but I could still beat you up

6 to can, to may, to be able to, to be apt to.

Ella puede correr She is able to run.

7 to might, to stand to.

Ella podría surgir She might rise above.

8 to be capable.

* * *

PODER

CONJUGACIÓN

Present Indicative

puedo, puedes, puede, podemos, podéis, pueden.

Past Indicative

pude, pudiste, pudo, pudimos, pudisteis, pudieron.

Future Indicative

podré, podrás, podrá, podremos, podréis, podrán.

Conditional

podría, podrías, podría, podríamos, podríais, podrían.

Present Subjunctive

pueda, puedas, pueda, podamos, podáis, puedan.

Imperfect Subjunctive

pudiera, pudieras, pudiera, pudiéramos, pudierais, pudieran;

pudiese, pudieses, pudiese, pudiésemos, pudieseis, pudiesen.

Future Subjunctive

pudiere, pudieres, pudiere, pudiéremos, pudiereis, pudieren.

Imperative

puede (tú), pueda (él/Vd.), podamos (nos.), poded (vos.), puedan (ellos/Vds.).

* * *
1. verb
1) can

2) to be able

3) may
2. noun m.
1) power

2) control

3) possession

4) strength, force

* * *

1. VERBO AUXILIAR

1) (=tener la posibilidad o capacidad de)

yo puedo ayudarte — I can help you

puedo hacerlo solo — I can do it on my own o by myself

¿se puede llamar por teléfono desde aquí? — can you phone from here?

no puede venir — he can't o cannot come

llevo varios días sin poder salir — I haven't been able to go out for several days

no ha podido venir — he couldn't come, he was unable to come

creo que mañana no voy a poder ir — I don't think I'll be able to come tomorrow

este agua no se puede beber — this water isn't fit to drink

2) (=tener permiso para)

puedes irte — you can o may go

¿puedo usar tu teléfono? — can o may I use your phone?

¿puedo abrir la ventana? — can o may I open the window?

aquí no se puede fumar — you aren't allowed to smoke here, you can't smoke here

3) [en peticiones]

¿puedes/puede darme un vaso de agua? — can I/may I have a glass of water please?

¿me puede usted decir cuándo sale el autobús? — can o could you tell me when the bus leaves?

4) [indicando eventualidad]

puede o podría estar en cualquier sitio — it could o might be anywhere

¡cuidado, te puedes hacer daño! — careful, you could o might hurt yourself!

podías haberte roto una pierna — you could o might have broken your leg

puede haber salido — he may have gone out

por lo que pueda pasar — just in case

5) [indicando obligación moral]

¡no pueden tratarnos así! — they can't treat us like this!

bien podrían cuidarla un poco mejor — they really ought to take better care of her

es lo menos que podemos hacer por ellos — it's the least we can do for them

no podíamos dejarlo solo — we couldn't leave him alone

6) [en cálculos, aproximaciones]

¿qué edad puede tener? — I wonder what age he is?, how old do you reckon he is?

puede costar unos cien euros — it could cost as much as a hundred euros

7) [en sugerencias]

podríamos ir al cine — we could go to the cinema

siempre puedes volverlo a intentar — you can always try again later

8) [en reproches]

¡podías habérmelo dicho! — you could o might have told me!

habría podido ser más amable — she could o might have been a bit nicer

¡al menos podrías disculparte! — you could at least say sorry!

2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO

1) (=tener la posibilidad o capacidad)

no puedo — I can't

lo haré si puedo — I'll do it if I can

¡no puedo más! — (=estoy agotado) I can't go on!; (=estoy desesperado) I can't cope any more!; (=he comido mucho) I can't eat another thing!

2) (=tener permiso)

¿se puede? — may I come in?

¿puedo? — may I?

3) (=tener dominio, influencia)

los que pueden — those who can, those who are able

el dinero puede mucho — money can do almost anything, money talks

la curiosidad pudo más que el temor — his curiosity got the better of his fear

él puede mucho en el partido — he has a lot of influence in the party

poder a algn: yo le puedo — I'm a match for him; [entre niños] I could have him *
poder con
¿puedes con la maleta? — can you manage the suitcase?

no puedo con él — (=no puedo controlarle) I can't handle him; (=pesa mucho) he's too heavy for me

no puedo con la hipocresía — I can't stand hypocrisy

4) [en locuciones]

• a más no poder, es tonto a más no poder — he's as stupid as they come

su actuación fue correcta a más no poder — he behaved entirely properly

comió a más no poder — he ate until he couldn't eat any more

• no poder por menos que, no pude por menos que decirle lo que pensaba de él — I just had to tell him what I thought of him

5) CAm, Méx * (=molestar) [con irritación] to annoy; [con disgusto] to upset

su actitud me pudo — his attitude annoyed me o got on my nerves

me pudo esa broma — that joke upset me

3.

VERBO IMPERSONAL
puede (ser) (=es posible) maybe, it may be so, perhaps
¡no puede ser! — that can't be!, that's impossible!
puede (ser) que ({+ subjun}9})
puede (ser) que esté en la biblioteca — he could o may be in the library, perhaps he's in the library

puede (ser) que tenga uno ya — he may o might have one already

puede (ser) que no venga — he may o might not come

puede (ser) que tenga razón — she may o could be right

puede (ser) que sí — maybe (so)

4. SUSTANTIVO MASCULINO

1) (=capacidad, facultad) power

tiene un enorme poder de concentración — she has tremendous powers of concentration

afirma tener poderes mágicos — he claims to have magic powers

poder adquisitivo — purchasing power

poder de convocatoria, tienen un gran poder de convocatoria — they really pull in the crowds, they're real crowd-pullers *

poder de negociación — bargaining power

2) (=autoridad, influencia) power

ejercen un poder enorme sobre la juventud — they have a lot of power o influence over young people

en este país los militares tienen mucho poder — the military are very powerful in this country

no tienen poder para oponerse a estas medidas — they are not powerful enough to oppose these measures

un partido jugado de poder a poder — an evenly-matched game

3) (Pol)

el poder — power

¡el pueblo al poder! — power to the people!

¡Herrera al poder! — Herrera for leader!

• bajo el poder de algn, estar en el poder, ocupar el poder — to be in power

subir al poder — to come to power

• el poder central — central government

• el cuarto poder — the fourth estate

• el poder establecido — the establishment

• los poderes fácticos — the powers that be

• los poderes públicos — the authorities

poder absoluto — absolute power

poder civil — civil power

poder ejecutivo — executive power

poder judicial — judiciary

poder legislativo — legislative power

4) (=fuerza, eficacia)

un detergente de gran poder limpiador — a powerful detergent

este medicamento no tiene poder contra la tuberculosis — this drug is ineffective o isn't effective against tuberculosis

5) (=potestad)
pl poderes powers
les dieron amplios poderes para dirigir la empresa — they were given wide-ranging powers to run the company

tiene plenos poderes para intervenir en el asunto — he has full authority to intervene in the matter

6) (Jur)

• por poderes o LAm poder — by proxy

casarse por poderes — to get married by proxy

poder notarial — power of attorney

7) (=posesión) possession

tengo en mi poder información confidencial — I am in possession of confidential information

• estar u obrar en poder de algn — to be in sb's hands o possession

esa información está u obra en poder de la juez — that information is in the hands of the judge, that information is in the judge's possession

• pasar a poder de algn — to pass to sb, pass into sb's possession

8) (Fís, Mec) power

el poder del motor — the power of the engine

poder calorífico — calorific value

9) LAm (=persona) drug pusher

* * *
I
verbo auxiliar

Sentido I

1) ( tener la capacidad o posibilidad de)

en cuanto puedas — as soon as you can

no puedo pagar tanto — I can't pay that much

no podía dejar de reír — I couldn't stop laughing

no va a poder venir — he won't be able to come

¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta? — when will you be able to o when can you give me an answer?

no pudo asistir a la reunión — he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting

¿pudiste hacerlo sola? — were you able to do it on your own?

no se puede valer por sí mismo — he can't manage by himself

con aquel ruido no se podía trabajar — it was impossible to work with that noise going on

2) ( expresando idea de permiso)

¿puedo servirme otro? — can o may I have another one?

¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? — may I make a suggestion?

¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? — could I leave a little earlier today?

puedes hacer lo que quieras — you can do whatever you like

no puede comer sal — he isn't allowed to eat salt

¿se puede? - adelante! — may I? - come in

aquí no se puede fumar — smoking is not allowed here

3) ( expresando derecho moral)

no podemos hacerle eso — we can't do that to her

bien puedes tomarte un descanso ahora — you can afford to take a rest now

4)

a) (en quejas, reproches)

¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? — how could you do such a thing?

podías or podrías haberme avisado — you could o might have warned me!

b) ( en sugerencias)

ya te puedes ir haciendo a la idea — you'd better start getting used to the idea

podrías or podías pedírselo tú — you could ask him for it

c) ( solicitando un favor)

¿puedes bajar un momento? — can you come down for a moment?

¿podrías hacerme un favor? — could you do me a favor?

Sentido II

5) ( con el verbo principal sobreentendido)

poder con algo/alguien: ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?; no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase; no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get to grips with German and he gave up; con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!; podérsela con algo — (Chi fam) to cope with something

6) (en locs)

a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst; corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast as we could; es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come; no poder más: estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted; ( lleno) I can't eat anything else; ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child; ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad; no poder (por) menos que: no pude menos que sentirme halagado I couldn't help feeling flattered; no pudo menos que reconocer — she had no alternative but to admit

7) (fam) (+ me, te, le etc)

a) ( ganar)

él es más alto, pero tú le puedes — he's taller than you but you can beat him

b) (Méx) ( doler)

tu indiferencia le puede mucho — she's very hurt by your indifference

nos pudo mucho la muerte de Julio — we were terribly upset by Julio's death

Sentido III

8) (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad)

puede aparecer en cualquier momento — he may turn up at any moment

de él se puede esperar cualquier cosa — anything's possible with him

no hagas nada que pueda resultar sospechoso — don't do anything that might look suspicious

puede haber venido ayer — he may have come yesterday

te podrías or podías haber matado — you could have killed yourself!

no podía haber estado más amable — she couldn't have been kinder

podría volver a ocurrir — it could happen again

no pudo haber sido Pilar — it couldn't have been Pilar

9) (en 3^a pers)

no puede ser que no lo sepa — he must know

no puede ser que ya haya terminado — he can't have finished already

si puede ser or (Esp) a poder ser — if possible

no pudo ser — it wasn't possible

puede (ser) que tengas razón — you may o could be right

puede (ser) que no nos haya visto — he may not have seen us

- puede que sí, puede que no — maybe, maybe not
II
masculino

1)

a) (control, influencia) power

tiene mucho poder en el pueblo — he has a great deal of power o influence in the village

estamos/nos tiene en su poder — we are/she has us in her power

caer en poder de alguien — ciudad/país to fall to somebody

b) (Pol)

el poder — power

estar en el poder — to be in power

tomar el poder — to take o seize power

detenta el poder desde hace 20 años — (frml) he has held power for 20 years

2) ( posesión)

la carta está en poder de... — the letter is in the hands of...

obra en su poder la copia del acta — (frml) you have in your possession a copy of the minutes

3)

a) (derecho, atribución)

tener amplios/plenos poderes para hacer algo — to have wide-ranging powers/full authority to do something

los poderes de la junta son ilimitados — the junta has unlimited powers

la entrega de poderes — the handing over of power

b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization; ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney

casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes — to get married by proxy

4)

a) (capacidad, facultad) power

su poder de convicción — her power of persuasion

b) (de motor, aparato) power

•

- poder absoluto

- poder adquisitivo

- poder ejecutivo

- poderes fácticos

- poderes públicos

- poder judicial

- poder legislativo

* * *
I
verbo auxiliar

Sentido I

1) ( tener la capacidad o posibilidad de)

en cuanto puedas — as soon as you can

no puedo pagar tanto — I can't pay that much

no podía dejar de reír — I couldn't stop laughing

no va a poder venir — he won't be able to come

¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta? — when will you be able to o when can you give me an answer?

no pudo asistir a la reunión — he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting

¿pudiste hacerlo sola? — were you able to do it on your own?

no se puede valer por sí mismo — he can't manage by himself

con aquel ruido no se podía trabajar — it was impossible to work with that noise going on

2) ( expresando idea de permiso)

¿puedo servirme otro? — can o may I have another one?

¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? — may I make a suggestion?

¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? — could I leave a little earlier today?

puedes hacer lo que quieras — you can do whatever you like

no puede comer sal — he isn't allowed to eat salt

¿se puede? - adelante! — may I? - come in

aquí no se puede fumar — smoking is not allowed here

3) ( expresando derecho moral)

no podemos hacerle eso — we can't do that to her

bien puedes tomarte un descanso ahora — you can afford to take a rest now

4)

a) (en quejas, reproches)

¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? — how could you do such a thing?

podías or podrías haberme avisado — you could o might have warned me!

b) ( en sugerencias)

ya te puedes ir haciendo a la idea — you'd better start getting used to the idea

podrías or podías pedírselo tú — you could ask him for it

c) ( solicitando un favor)

¿puedes bajar un momento? — can you come down for a moment?

¿podrías hacerme un favor? — could you do me a favor?

Sentido II

5) ( con el verbo principal sobreentendido)

poder con algo/alguien: ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?; no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase; no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get to grips with German and he gave up; con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!; podérsela con algo — (Chi fam) to cope with something

6) (en locs)

a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst; corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast as we could; es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come; no poder más: estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted; ( lleno) I can't eat anything else; ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child; ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad; no poder (por) menos que: no pude menos que sentirme halagado I couldn't help feeling flattered; no pudo menos que reconocer — she had no alternative but to admit

7) (fam) (+ me, te, le etc)

a) ( ganar)

él es más alto, pero tú le puedes — he's taller than you but you can beat him

b) (Méx) ( doler)

tu indiferencia le puede mucho — she's very hurt by your indifference

nos pudo mucho la muerte de Julio — we were terribly upset by Julio's death

Sentido III

8) (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad)

puede aparecer en cualquier momento — he may turn up at any moment

de él se puede esperar cualquier cosa — anything's possible with him

no hagas nada que pueda resultar sospechoso — don't do anything that might look suspicious

puede haber venido ayer — he may have come yesterday

te podrías or podías haber matado — you could have killed yourself!

no podía haber estado más amable — she couldn't have been kinder

podría volver a ocurrir — it could happen again

no pudo haber sido Pilar — it couldn't have been Pilar

9) (en 3^a pers)

no puede ser que no lo sepa — he must know

no puede ser que ya haya terminado — he can't have finished already

si puede ser or (Esp) a poder ser — if possible

no pudo ser — it wasn't possible

puede (ser) que tengas razón — you may o could be right

puede (ser) que no nos haya visto — he may not have seen us

- puede que sí, puede que no — maybe, maybe not
II
masculino

1)

a) (control, influencia) power

tiene mucho poder en el pueblo — he has a great deal of power o influence in the village

estamos/nos tiene en su poder — we are/she has us in her power

caer en poder de alguien — ciudad/país to fall to somebody

b) (Pol)

el poder — power

estar en el poder — to be in power

tomar el poder — to take o seize power

detenta el poder desde hace 20 años — (frml) he has held power for 20 years

2) ( posesión)

la carta está en poder de... — the letter is in the hands of...

obra en su poder la copia del acta — (frml) you have in your possession a copy of the minutes

3)

a) (derecho, atribución)

tener amplios/plenos poderes para hacer algo — to have wide-ranging powers/full authority to do something

los poderes de la junta son ilimitados — the junta has unlimited powers

la entrega de poderes — the handing over of power

b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization; ( hecho ante notario) power of attorney

casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes — to get married by proxy

4)

a) (capacidad, facultad) power

su poder de convicción — her power of persuasion

b) (de motor, aparato) power

•

- poder absoluto

- poder adquisitivo

- poder ejecutivo

- poderes fácticos

- poderes públicos

- poder judicial

- poder legislativo

* * *

poder¹

¹ = force, strength, power, leverage, authority, clout, might, muscle power, power of attorney, sway.

Ex: Her reason admitted the force of his arguments, but her instinct opposed it.

Ex: The strength of the acetone rinsing on the strength of the paper is investigated, and its efficiency in removing NM2P is also examined using gas liquid chromatography.

Ex: She added that she felt sorry for the assistant because he had so little power.

Ex: At certain times, dubious interpretations of the rules have even been used as leverage in gaining ground on matters of dispute between Community partners.

Ex: One of the great virtues of networking is that it democratizes access to information and access to authority.

Ex: IT executives would like to see their role in the organization elevated, giving them more ' clout', stature and visibility.

Ex: Gradually many of these conquerors came to realize that, although military might was necessary to gain control over an area, sheer force of arms was not sufficient to govern effectively.

Ex: Their development, particularly for replacing human muscle power, has been in parallel with that of information technology, but largely independent of it.

Ex: A power of attorney is a legal instrument that is used to delegate legal authority to another.

Ex: During this period Africa was influenced by external forces as the Islamic states of the north extended their sway south.

* abusar del poder = lord over, lord it over.

* abuso de poder = abuse of power.

* altas esferas del poder, las = echelons of power, the.

* ansioso de poder = power-hungry.

* asumir poder = assume + power.

* ceder las riendas del poder = hand over + the reins of power.

* círculo de poder = circle of power.

* con ansias de poder = power-hungry.

* conceder poderes = give + powers.

* con hambre de poder = power-hungry.

* con poder = powerful.

* con sed de poder = power-hungry.

* control del poder = hold on power.

* dar poderes = give + powers.

* dejar sin poder = disempower.

* división de poderes = division of powers.

* ejercer poder = wield + power, exercise + power.

* en el poder = in office.

* equilibrio de poder = balance of power.

* estructura de poder = power structure.

* frecuentar los pasillos del poder = stalk + the corridors of power.

* gente de poder = wielders of power, powerful people.

* gobierno en el poder = ruling government.

* grupo de poder = power group.

* hambriento de poder = power-hungry.

* igualdad de poder = parity of power.

* inversión de poderes = power reversal.

* jerarquía de poder = scalar chain.

* llevar al poder = bring + Nombre + to power.

* los poderes fáticos = the powers-that-be.

* los que detentan el poder = the powers-that-be.

* lucha de poderes = power struggle.

* lucha por el poder = power struggle.

* luchar de poderes = battle of wills.

* partido en el poder, el = ruling party, the.

* pasar las riendas del poder a = hand + the reins over to.

* pasillos del poder, los = corridors of power, the.

* perder poder = lose + power.

* pérdida de poder = disempowerment.

* poder adquisitivo = spending power, purchasing power, buying power.

* poder colectivo = collective power.

* poder curativo = healing power.

* poder de atracción = drawing power.

* poder de curación = healing power.

* poder de discriminación = discretion.

* poder de enganche = holding power.

* poder del estado = state power.

* poder de negociación = bargaining power.

* poder de representación = power of representation.

* poder de retención = holding power.

* poder divino = divine power.

* poder económico = economic leverage.

* poder ejecutivo = chief executive, executive arm, executive power.

* poder ejecutivo, el = Executive, the.

* poder estatal = state power.

* poder imperial = imperial power.

* poder judicial = judicial arm, judicial system.

* poder judicial, el = judiciary, the.

* poder legal = statutory power.

* poder legislativo = legislative power, legislative arm.

* poder mágico = magical power, magic power.

* poder notarial = power of attorney.

* poder político = political power.

* poder presidencial = presidential power.

* poder público = public power, public authority.

* poder remunerativo = earning power, earning capacity.

* poder sobrenatural = supernatural power.

* política del poder = power politics.

* por poderes = by proxy.

* posición de poder = position power.

* quitar el poder = disempower.

* relación de poder = power relationship.

* relaciones de poder = power relations.

* sediento de poder = power-hungry.

* subida al poder = seizure of power.

* subir al poder = rise to + power.

* tener el poder = be the boss, call + the shots, call + the tune, rule + the roost.

* tener el poder de = have + the power to.

* tener las riendas del poder = hold + the reins of power.

* tomar el poder = take + power.

* tomar las riendas del poder = take + the reins of power.

poder²

² = be able to, be capable of, can, have + the opportunity, may, qualify for, manage to.

Ex: Thus the electronic journal (e-journal) is a concept where scientists are able to input ideas and text to a computer data base for their colleagues to view, and similarly to view the work of others.

Ex: Main classes are thus only capable of precise definition in the contexts of particular classification schemes.

Ex: When used by skilled abstractors this mixture of styles can achieve the maximum transmission of information, within a minimum length.

Ex: Every librarian, regardless of his government's policy, has the opportunity, if he has the courage, to open the avenues of books and ideas a little wider.

Ex: My second point may be a slightly tangential, but I hope it is a concrete reaction to the general tenor of Mr. Lubetzky's remarks and the general subject posed.

Ex: FIAC has drawn up a list of criteria to determine whether an advice centre qualifies for membership of the Federation.

Ex: Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.

* Algo por lo que se puede cobrar = billable.

* al que no se puede dejar de faltar = unmissable.

* como mejor + poder = as best + Pronombre + can.

* cuando antes pueda = at + Posesivo + earliest convenience.

* de modo que + poder + oír = within earshot of.

* en el que se puede buscar = searchable.

* estar tan bueno que no se puede dejar de comer = moreish, moreish.

* hacerlo lo mejor que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + utmost.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno pueda = put + Posesivo + best into.

* hacer lo mejor que Uno puede = try + Posesivo + heart out.

* hacer todo lo que Uno pueda = do + Posesivo + best, do + the best + Nombre + may, do + the best + Nombre + can.

* hacer todo lo que Uno pueda (dado) = do + the best possible (with).

* lo suficientemente lejos como para no poder oír = out of earshot.

* muy bien + podría + Verbo = might + well + Verbo.

* muy bien + puede + Verbo = may well + Verbo.

* nada puede estar más apartado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.

* noche sin poder dormir = sleepless night.

* no poder = be unable to, cannot, can't [cannot].

* no poder aguantar a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* no poder conciliar el sueño = have + trouble sleeping.

* no poder dejar de mencionar = cannot but notice.

* no poder dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be stressed too strongly, cannot + give + too much emphasis + to the importance of.

* no poder dormir = sleeplessness.

* no poder estarse quieto = have + the fidgets, fidget.

* no poder evitar + Infinitivo = cannot help + Gerundio, cannot help but + Verbo.

* no poder evitar mencionar = cannot but notice.

* no poder hacer más que = do + little more than.

* no poder permitirse = ill afford.

* no poder permitirse el lujo de = ill afford.

* no poder quitarse Algo de la cabeza = can't get it out of my mind.

* no poderse buscar = be unsearchable.

* no poderse negar que = there + be + no denying that.

* no poder ver a Alguien = have + it in for + Nombre.

* no poder ver Algo o Alguien = can't stand + sight.

* no pude evitar notar que = couldn't help but notice (that).

* no puedo aguantarlo = can't take it.

* no puedo comprender = I can't get over.

* No se le puede pedir peras al olmo = You can't make a silk purse out of a sow's ear.

* no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + de = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised.

* no se puede dejar de recalcar el + Nombre + of = the + Nombre + of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.

* no se puede dejar de recalcar la importancia de Algo = the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overemphasised, the importance of + Nombre + cannot be overstated.

* personas que no pueden salir de casa = homebound, the.

* poder contar con = be there for + Pronombre, be there for + Pronombre.

* poder + Infinitivo = succeed in + Gerundio.

* poderse afirmar que = it + be + safe to say that.

* poderse contestar = be answerable.

* poderse integrar en = be integrable in.

* poderse localizar = be locatable.

* poder utilizarse = be usable.

* por el que se puede cobrar = chargeable.

* puede muy bien ser = could well be.

* puede muy bien ser que = it may well be that.

* puede que = maybe.

* puede que al final sea para bien = be a blessing in disguise.

* ¿Puede repetir? = I beg your pardon?, I beg your pardon?.

* que no se le puede dar un nombre = unnameable.

* que no se puede conseguir = unobtainable.

* que no se puede entregar = undeliverable.

* que no se puede hacer cumplir = unenforceable.

* que no se puede identificar con un término = unnameable.

* que no se puede uno perder = unmissable.

* que puede causar detención = arrestable.

* que puede demostrarse = demonstrably.

* que puede salir en préstamo = loanable.

* que puede ser apilado = stacking.

* que puede ser usado a través de la web = web-compliant.

* querer es poder = where there's a will there's a way.

* que se le puede dar un nombre = nameable.

* que se puede arreglar = fixable.

* que se puede buscar = searchable.

* que se puede cambiar de tamaño = resizeable [re-sizeable].

* que se puede escuchar = playable.

* que se puede hacer cumplir = enforceable.

* que se puede identificar con un término = nameable.

* que se puede imprimir = printable.

* que se puede quitar = detachable.

* que se puede separar = detachable.

* que se puede visualizar = viewable.

* sálvese el que pueda = free-for-all.

* sálvese quien pueda = the devil take the hindmost, every man for himself, let battle commence.

* se puede = is to be.

* siempre que uno puede dedicarle el tiempo = in + Posesivo + own time.

* sin poder contenerse = helplessly.

* sin poder dormir = sleepless.

* sin poder extinguirlo = inextinguishably.

* sin poder hacer nada = helplessly.

* tan sorprendente como pueda parecer = as amazing as it seems.

* todavía + poderse + escuchar los ecos de = echo + still resound from.

* * *

poder¹ [ E21 ]

GUIA DE BUSQUEDA

Sentido I

A tener la capacidad de

B expresando idea de permiso

C expresando un derecho moral

D

1 en quejas, reproches

2 en sugerencias

3 solicitando un favor

Sentido II

A

1 poder con algo/alguien

2 el dinero lo puede todo

B en locuciones

C

1 vencer, ganar

2 doler

Sentido III

A con idea de eventualidad

B en tercera persona

v aux

Sentido I

A

(tener la capacidad o posibilidad de): ven en cuanto puedas come as soon as you can

no puedo pagar tanto I can't pay that much

¿cómo que no puedes? what do you mean, you can't do it ( o you can't come etc)?

no podía dejar de reír I couldn't stop laughing

no va a poder venir he won't be able to come

¿cuándo podrá darme una respuesta definitiva? when will you be able to o when can you give me a firm answer?

no pude convencerla I couldn't persuade her

no pudo asistir a la reunión he was unable to o he couldn't attend the meeting

¿pudiste hacerlo sola? did you manage to do it o were you able to do it on your own?

hicimos todo lo que pudimos por ayudarlos we did everything in our power o everything we could to help them

no se puede valer por sí mismo he can't manage by himself

no habría podido hacerlo sin tu ayuda I wouldn't have been able to do it o I couldn't have done it without your help

no debe (de) haber podido encontrarlo she obviously couldn't find it o can't have found it

¡este niño no se puede estar quieto ni un minuto! this child just won't o can't keep still for a minute!

con aquel ruido no se podía trabajar it was impossible to work o you couldn't work with that noise going on

¿sabes que se han prometido? — ¡no te (lo) puedo creer! do you know they're engaged? — you're joking! o I don't believe it!

B

(expresando idea de permiso): ¿puedo servirme otro? can o may I have another one?

ya pueden volver la hoja you may turn the page over now

¿me puedo ir? — ¡no señor! can o may I go? — no, you cannot o may not!

¿sales a jugar? — no puedo, estoy castigada are you coming out to play? — I can't, I'm being kept in

¿puedo pasar? may I come in?

¿le puedo hacer una sugerencia? may I make a suggestion?

¿podría irme un poco más temprano hoy? could I leave a little earlier today?

por mí, puedes hacer lo que quieras as far as I'm concerned, you can do whatever you like

no puede comer sal he isn't allowed to eat salt

¿quién te lo dijo, si se puede saber? who told you, may I ask?

¿se puede? — ¡adelante! may I? — come in

aquí no se puede fumar smoking is not allowed here, you can't smoke here

C

(expresando un derecho moral): no podemos hacerle eso we can't do that to her

después de lo que has trabajado, bien puedes tomarte un descanso you're entitled to o you deserve a rest after all the work you've done

es lo menos que puedes hacer it's the least you can do

D

1

(en quejas, reproches): ¿cómo pudiste hacer una cosa así? how could you do such a thing?

¿cómo puedes ser tan ingrato? how can you be so ungrateful?

podías or podrías haberme avisado you could o might have warned me!

2

(en sugerencias): podrías or podías pedírselo tú, a ti siempre te hace caso why don't you ask him? he always listens to you

ya te puedes ir haciendo a la idea you'd better start getting used to the idea

3

(solicitando un favor): ¿puedes bajar un momento? can you come down for a moment?

¿podrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?

¿no puedes irte a jugar a otra parte? can't you go and play somewhere else?

Sentido II (con el verbo principal sobreentendido)

A

1 poder CON algo/algn:

¿tú puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?

no puedo con esta maleta I can't manage this suitcase

yo no puedo solo con la casa, los niños y la tienda I can't do the housework, look after the children and run the store all on my own, I can't cope with the house, the children and the store all on my own

no pudo con el alemán y lo dejó he couldn't get o come to grips with German and he gave up

¡con este niño no hay quien pueda! this child is just impossible!

podérsela ( Chi fam); to cope, manage

no se la puede con el trabajo he can't cope with the job o manage the job

2

el dinero lo puede todo money talks, you can do anything if you have money

B ( en locuciones):

a más no poder: comió a más no poder he ate until he was fit to burst

gana dinero a más no poder she's making pots of money ( colloq), she's making money hand over fist

es feo a más no poder he's as ugly as they come

corrimos a más no poder we ran for all we were worth o as fast as we could

no poder más: estoy que no puedo más (de cansancio) I'm exhausted

a mí no me des postre que ya no puedo más don't serve me any dessert, I can't eat anything else

ya no puedo más con este niño I'm at the end of my tether with this child

no podía más, y ese estúpido que no salía del cuarto de baño I was desperate o I was bursting to go and that idiot wouldn't come out of the bathroom ( colloq)

ya no puedo más, me está desquiciando I can't go on like this, it's driving me mad

no poder (por) menos que: uno no puede menos que sentirse halagado one can't help feeling flattered

no puedo menos que expresar mi profunda decepción I feel I must say how deeply disappointed I am

no pudo menos que reconocer que teníamos razón she had no alternative but to admit that we were right

C

1 ( fam)

(vencer, ganar): él es más alto pero tú le puedes he's taller than you but you can beat him

tu papá no le puede al mío your dad's not as strong as mine

a gracioso no hay quien le pueda as a comic, there's no-one to beat him o he's unbeatable

2

( Méx fam) (doler): tu desprecio le puede mucho she's very hurt by your disdainful attitude, your disdainful attitude hurts her deeply

nos pudo mucho la muerte de Julio we were greatly saddened o terribly upset by Julio's death

Sentido III

A

(con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad): puede aparecer en cualquier momento he may turn up at any moment

de él se puede esperar cualquier cosa anything's possible with him

no sé dónde lo puedo haber puesto I don't know where I can have put it

no hagas nada que pueda resultar sospechoso don't do anything that might look suspicious

puede haber venido mientras no estábamos he may have come while we were out

hace horas que están reunidos ¿de qué pueden estar hablando? they've been in that meeting for hours, what can they be talking about?

te podrías or podías haber matado you could have killed yourself!

un error así puede costar millones a mistake like that could cost millions

no podía haber estado más amable she couldn't have been kinder

llaman a la puerta — ¿quién podrá ser a estas horas? there's someone at the door — who can o could it be at this time?

podría volver a ocurrir it could happen again

Pilar no pudo haber sido it couldn't have been Pilar

B ( en tercera persona):

¿nos habrá mentido? — no sé, puede ser do you think he lied to us? — I don't know, he may have done o it's possible

no puede ser que no lo sepa he must know

no puede ser que ya haya terminado he can't have finished already

si puede ser or ( Esp) a poder ser preferiría la cuarta fila if possible, I'd prefer row four

me habría gustado verlo pero no pudo ser I would have liked to see him but it wasn't possible o it wasn't to be

puede (ser) que tengas razón you may o could be right

puede (ser) que no nos haya visto he may not have seen us

¿vas a votar para ella? — puede que sí or puede are you going to vote for her? — maybe o I may

¿lo vas a aceptar? — puede que sí, puede que no are you going to accept it? — maybe, maybe not

poder²

masculine

A

1 (control, influencia) power

el poder de la prensa the power of the press

tiene mucho poder en el pueblo he has a great deal of power o influence o he is a very powerful man in the village

la Familia Real no tiene ningún poder the Royal Family has no power

Constantinopla cayó en poder de los turcos Constantinople fell to the Turks

estamos/nos tiene en su poder we are/she has us in her power

2 ( Pol):

el poder power

estar en el poder to be in power

tomar el poder to take o seize power

asumir el poder to assume power

detenta el poder desde hace 20 años ( frml); he has held power for 20 years

lleva cuatro años en el poder he has been in power for four years

toda la vida buscó el poder y la gloria all her life she sought power and fame

el poder en la sombra the power behind the throne

el poder corrompe power corrupts

B

(posesión): la carta está en poder de las autoridades the letter is in the hands of the authorities

hay que evitar que llegue a su poder we have to stop it falling into his hands

obra en su poder la copia del acta ( frml); you have in your possession a copy of the minutes

la solicitud ya pasó a poder de la oficina central the application has already been passed to our head office

C

1

(derecho, atribución): tiene amplios/plenos poderes para investigar el asunto he has wide-ranging powers/full authority to investigate the matter

la entrega or transmisión de poderes the handing over o transmission of power

los poderes de la junta son ilimitados the junta has unlimited powers

los poderes que le han sido conferidos the powers which have been vested in him

la separación de poderes entre la Iglesia y el Estado the division o separation of power between the Church and the State

división

2 ( Der) (documento) letter of authorization; (hecho ante notario) power of attorney

casarse por poder( AmL) or ( Esp) por poderes to get married by proxy

D

1 (capacidad, facultad) power

su poder de convicción or de persuasión her power of persuasion

el poder del amor/de la sugestión the power of love/of suggestion

tiene poderes extrasensoriales he has extrasensory powers

2 (de un motor, aparato) power

Compuestos:

● poder absoluto

masculine absolute power

● poder adquisitivo

masculine (de una divisa, un sueldo) purchasing power, buying power; (de una persona, un grupo) purchasing power, spending power

● poder divino

masculine divine power

● poder ejecutivo

masculine:

el poder ejecutivo the executive

● poderes fácticos

mpl institutions which hold effective control

● poderes notariales

mpl power of attorney

● poderes públicos

mpl:

los poderes públicos the authorities

● poder judicial

masculine:

el poder judicial the judiciary

● poder legislativo

masculine:

el poder legislativo the legislature

* * *

poder 1 ( conjugate poder) v aux
1 ( tener la capacidad o posibilidad de):
◊ puedo ir ahora o mañana I can go now or tomorrow;

no puedo pagar tanto I can't pay that much;
no podía dormir I couldn't sleep;
no va a poder venir he won't be able to come;
no pudo asistir he was unable to o he couldn't attend;
¿pudiste hacerlo sola? were you able to do it on your own?
2
a) ( expresando idea de permiso):

◊ ¿puedo servirme otro? can o may I have another one?;

¿podría irme más temprano hoy? could I leave earlier today?;
puedes hacer lo que quieras you can do whatever you like;
no puede comer sal he isn't allowed to eat salt;
¿se puede? — ¡adelante! may I? — come in;
aquí no se puede fumar smoking is not allowed here
b) ( solicitando un favor):

◊ ¿puedes bajar un momento? can you come down for a moment?;

¿podrías hacerme un favor? could you do me a favor?
3 ( expresando derecho moral):
◊ no podemos hacerle eso we can't do that to her

4 (en quejas, reproches): podías or podrías haberme avisado you could o might have warned me!
( con idea de esfuerzo)
1 poder con algo/algn:
◊ ¿puedes con todo eso? can you manage all that?;

no puedo con este niño I can't cope with this child;
estoy que no puedo más ( cansado) I'm exhausted;

( lleno) I can't eat anything else;
◊ ya no puedo más I can't go on like this

2 (con idea de eventualidad, posibilidad): te podrías or podías haber matado you could have killed yourself!;
◊ no podía haber estado más amable she couldn't have been kinder;

podría volver a ocurrir it could happen again;
no pudo ser it wasn't possible;
puede (ser) que tengas razón you may o could be right;
puede que sí, puede que no maybe, maybe not
3 (Méx) ( doler):
◊ nos pudo mucho la muerte de Julio we were terribly upset by Julio's death

poder 2 sustantivo masculino
1
a) (control, influencia) power;

◊ tiene mucho poder he has a great deal of power;

estamos en su poder we are in her power
b) (Pol)

◊ el poder power;

estar en el poder to be in power;
tomar el poder to take o seize power
2 ( posesión):
◊ la carta está en poder de … the letter is in the hands of …

3
a) (derecho, atribución) power;

◊ tener amplios poderes para hacer algo to have wide-ranging powers to do sth

b) (Der) ( documento) letter of authorization;

( hecho ante notario) power of attorney;
casarse por poder (AmL) or (Esp) por poderes to get married by proxy
4
a) (capacidad, facultad) power;

◊ su poder de convicción her power of persuasion;

poder adquisitivo purchasing power
b) (de motor, aparato) power

poder 1 sustantivo masculino power
Jur por poderes, by proxy
Econ poder adquisitivo, purchasing power
poder 2
I verbo transitivo
1 (tener capacidad) to be able to, can: no puedo evitarlo, I can't help it
podías habernos avisado, you could/ might have warned us
2 (tener derecho o autorización) may, might, can
¿puedo repetir?, may I have a second helping?
no puede tomar carne de cerdo, he can't eat pork
las mujeres ya pueden votar, women can already vote
3 (uso impers) may, might: puede que la vea luego, I might see her later
puede que sí, puede que no, maybe, maybe not
II verbo intransitivo
1 to cope [con, with]: no puedo con todo, I can't cope
2 (vencer, tener más fuerza) to be stronger than
En el presente, can y to be able to son sinónimos. Sin embargo, en el pasado could significa que podías hacer algo, mientras que was o were able to significa que, además de poder hacerlo, lo hiciste: I could tell him the truth. Podía decirle la verdad (no sabemos si lo hice). I was able to tell him the truth. Fui capaz de decirle la verdad (lo hice). En el futuro solo podemos emplear to be able to: I will be able to do it tomorrow. Podré hacerlo mañana.
Para expresar posibilidad puedes usar may, could o might. La diferencia consiste en el grado de probabilidad que sugieren. Recuerda que may se refiere a hechos más probables que might o could: Puede que llueva mañana. It may rain tomorrow (crees que es posible). It might/ could rain tomorrow (crees que la posibilidad es más remota).
' poder' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
absoluta
- absoluto
- abusar
- abuso
- adquisitiva
- adquisitivo
- ámbito
- caber
- CGPJ
- concentrar
- continuismo
- desgaste
- desperdicio
- destronar
- desvelarse
- dominio
- entregar
- erótica
- excedente
- garra
- grabar
- grandeza
- idea
- informal
- judicial
- legislativa
- legislativo
- manifestarse
- mano
- obrar
- parcela
- remediar
- respirar
- sátrapa
- sed
- seducción
- someterse
- sugestión
- usurpar
- ver
- acumular
- anhelar
- ansia
- ansiar
- atribuir
- autoridad
- ávido
- ceder
- clavar
- confiar
English:
able
- abuse
- afford
- anything
- assume
- assumption
- can
- conform
- cope
- encroach
- fold
- form
- foursome
- get
- glad
- greed
- greediness
- greedy
- handle
- hungry
- lust
- make
- manage
- may
- might
- office
- out
- power
- power of attorney
- proxy
- purchasing power
- seize
- seizure
- spending power
- stick
- stranglehold
- take aside
- takeover
- unable
- use
- utmost
- whichever
- zenith
- could
- executive
- height
- helplessly
- judiciary
- lie
- peace

* * *

poder¹ nm

1. [mando, autoridad] power;

la gente con más poder en la organización the most powerful people in the organization;

estar en el poder to be in power;

hacerse con o [m5] tomar el poder to seize power;

perder el poder to lose power;

el poder corrompe power corrupts;

la separación de poderes the separation of powers;

Comp

de poder a poder: un enfrentamiento de poder a poder a heavyweight contest;

el partido se disputó de poder a poder it was a close contest between two excellent sides

Comp
poder absoluto absolute power;
el poder ejecutivo [el gobierno] the executive;

los poderes fácticos the centres of power in society;

el poder judicial [los jueces] the judiciary;

el poder legislativo [las cortes] the legislature;

poderes públicos (public) authorities

2. [posesión, control]
estar en poder de alguien to be in sb's hands;

obra en su poder un documento comprometedor she has in her possession a compromising document;

tienen en su poder a varios rehenes they have taken a number of hostages;

el pueblo cayó en poder del enemigo the town fell to the enemy;

la casa pasó a poder del banco ownership of the house was transferred to the bank

3. [capacidad] power;

un producto con gran poder de limpieza a very powerful cleaning product;

tener poderes (paranormales) to be psychic, to have psychic powers

Comp
poder adquisitivo [de salario] purchasing o buying power; [de persona] disposable income;
poder calorífico calorific value;

poder de convicción persuasive powers;

poder de convocatoria: [m5] tener poder de convocatoria to be a crowd-puller;
Mil poder de disuasión deterrent force; Mil poder disuasorio deterrent force
4. [autorización] power, authorization;
[documento] power of attorney;
dar poderes a alguien para que haga algo to authorize sb to do sth;

tener plenos poderes para hacer algo to be fully authorized to do sth;

por poderes by proxy;

casarse por Esp [m5] poderes o Am [m5] poder to marry by proxy

Comp
poder notarial power of attorney [witnessed by a notary]
poder²

♦ vi

1. [tener facultad, capacidad] can, to be able to;

no puedo decírtelo I can't tell you, I'm unable to tell you;

ahora mismo no podemos atenderle, llame más tarde we can't o we are unable to take your call right now, please call later;

¿puede correrse un poco, por favor? could you move up a bit, please?;

al final pudo salir de allí in the end she managed to get out of there;

¡así no se puede hacer nada! we'll never get anywhere like this!;

de poder ir, sería a partir de las siete if I manage to o can make it, it will be after seven;

en cuanto pueda as soon as possible;

si puedo, te llamaré I'll call you if I get the chance

2. [tener permiso] can, may;

no puedo salir por la noche I'm not allowed to o I can't go out at night;

¿podríamos ir contigo? could we go with you?;

¿podría hablar un momento con usted? could I have a word with you?;

¿se pueden hacer fotos? can we o are we allowed to take photos?;

¿puedo fumar aquí? may o can I smoke here?;

no se puede fumar you're not allowed to smoke;

¿se puede? may I come in?;

¿se puede saber dónde te habías metido? might I know o would you mind telling me where you were?

3. [ser capaz moralmente] can;

no podemos portarnos así con él we can't treat him like that;

¿cómo puedes decir una cosa así? how can you say such a thing?

4. [tener posibilidad, ser posible] may, can;

puede volver de un momento a otro she could come back any moment;

puedo haberlo perdido I may have lost it;

podías haber cogido el tren you could have caught the train;

puede estallar la guerra war could o may break out;

¿dónde puede o [m5] podrá estar? where can it have got to?;

¡habría podido invitarnos!, ¡podría habernos invitado! [expresa enfado] she could o might have invited us!;

ya podemos despedirnos de un aumento de sueldo we can forget our pay Br rise o US raise now

5. [tener fuerza]
poder con [enfermedad, rival] to be able to overcome;
[tarea, problema] to be able to cope with;
¿puedes con todas las bolsas? can you manage all those bags?;

no puedo con este baúl, ¿me ayudas a levantarlo? I can't lift this trunk on my own, can you give me a hand?;

no poder con algo/alguien [no soportar] not to be able to stand sth/sb;

no puedo con la hipocresía I can't stand hypocrisy;

¡contigo no hay quien pueda! you're impossible!

6. Méx [doler] to hurt

7. [en frases]
a o [m5] hasta más no poder as much as can be;

es avaro a más no poder he's as miserly as can be;

llovía a más no poder it was absolutely pouring down;

la pierna me dolía a más no poder you can't imagine how much my leg was hurting;

no poder más [estar cansado] to be too tired to carry on;
[estar harto de comer] to be full (up); [estar enfadado, harto] to have had enough;
no pude por menos que reírme I had to laugh, I couldn't help but laugh;
Fam
¡ya podrás, con una máquina como esa! anyone could do it with a machine like that!;

Comp

no puedo con mi alma I'm ready to drop

♦ v impersonal
[ser posible] may;
puede que llueva it may o might rain;

puede que se haya equivocado she may be wrong;

¿vendrás mañana? – puede will you come tomorrow? – I may do;

puede que sí o puede que no maybe, maybe not;

puede ser perhaps, maybe;

si puede ser, a poder ser if (at all) possible;

lo siento, pero no va a poder ser I'm sorry, but it's not going to be possible;

puede ser que no lo sepa she may not know;

¡no puede ser que sea ya tan tarde! surely it can't be that late already!

♦ vt

1. [ser más fuerte que] to be stronger than;

tú eres más alto, pero yo te puedo you may be taller than me, but I could still beat you up;

mi coche le puede al tuyo my car is faster than yours any day

2. Méx [doler]
me puede mucho que me desprecies it hurts me a lot that you look down on me;

le pudo su derrota, todavía no se repone losing really got to her, she still hasn't got over it

* * *

poder

I v/aux

1 capacidad can, be able to;

no pude hablar con ella I wasn’t able to talk to her

2 permiso can, be allowed to;

¿puedo ir contigo? can o may I come with you?

3 posibilidad may, might;

¡podías habérselo dicho! you could have o you might have told him

II v/i

:

poder con ( sobreponerse a) manage, cope with;

me puede he can beat me;

es franco a más no poder fam he’s as frank as they come fam ;

comimos a más no poder fam we ate to bursting point fam ;

no puedo más I can’t take any more, I’ve had enough;

a poder ser if possible;

puede ser perhaps, maybe;

¡no puede ser! it can’t be!, that can’t be right!;

puede que perhaps, maybe;

puede ser que no lo sepa maybe o perhaps he doesn’t know;

¿se puede? can I come in?, do you mind if I come in?;

no pude menos de insultarle insulting him was the least I could do

III m tb POL power;

en poder de alguien in s.o.’s hands;

plenos poderes pl full authority sg ;

por poderes, L.Am.

por poder JUR by proxy;

los poder es públicos the authorities

* * *

poder {58} v aux

1) : to be able to, can

no puede hablar: he can't speak

2) (expressing possibility) : might, may

puede llover: it may rain at any moment

¿cómo puede ser?: how can that be?

3) (expressing permission) : can, may

¿puedo ir a la fiesta?: can I go to the party?

¿se puede?: may I come in?

poder vi

1) : to beat, to defeat

cree que le puede a cualquiera: he thinks he can beat anyone

2) : to be possible

¿crees que vendrán? - puede (que sí): do you think they'll come? - maybe

3)

poder con : to cope with, to manage

¡no puedo con estos niños!: I can't handle these children!

4)

no poder más : to have had enough

no puede más: she can't take anymore

5)

no poder menos que : to not be able to help

no pudo menos que asombrarse: she couldn't help but be amazed

poder nm

1) : control, power

poder adquisitivo: purchasing power

2) : authority

el poder legislativo: the legislature

3) : possession

está en mi poder: it's in my hands

4) : strength, force

poder militar: military might

* * *

poder¹ n (en general) power

tiene mucho poder he has a lot of power

subir al poder to come to power

poder² vb

1. (capacidad, posibilidad) can / could / to be able to

no puedo dormir I can't sleep

¿puedo echarte una mano? can I give you a hand?

no podía vivir sin ella he couldn't live without her

¿qué podemos comprarle? what can we buy her?

¿cuándo podrás venir? when will you be able to come?

Recuerda que can es presente, could es pasado o condicional y be able to es para los demás tiempos

2. (permiso) can / may

¿puedo hablar con el jefe? can I speak to the boss?

¿se puede pasar? can I come in?

aquí no se puede fumar you can't smoke here

3. (probabilidad) may / could / might

puede que llueva it might rain

puede que venga, puede que no he might come, he might not

no puede ser that's impossible

podría ocurrir aquí it could happen here

poder con to manage / to cope with

no puedo con la maleta I can't manage the suitcase

no puedo con él I can't cope with him

no poder más (cansado) to be exhausted (lleno) to be full up

Spanish-English dictionary > poder

30 Williams, Thomas

SUBJECT AREA: Mining and extraction technology, Ports and shipping

[br]

b. 13 May 1737 Cefn Coch, Anglesey, Wales

d. 29 November 1802 Bath, England

[br]

Welsh lawyer, mine-owner and industrialist.

[br]

Williams was articled by his father, Owen Williams of Treffos in Anglesey, to the prominent Flintshire lawyer John Lloyd, whose daughter Catherine he is believed to have married. By 1769 Williams, lessee of the mansion and estate of Llanidan, was an able lawyer with excellent connections in Anglesey. His life changed dramatically when he agreed to act on behalf of the Lewis and Hughes families of Llysdulas, who had begun a lawsuit against Sir Nicholas Bayly of Plas Newydd concerning the ownership and mineral rights of copper mines on the western side of Parys mountain. During a prolonged period of litigation, Williams managed these mines for Margaret Lewis on behalf of Edward Hughes, who was established after a judgement in Chancery in 1776 as one of two legal proprietors, the other being Nicholas Bayly. The latter then decided to lease his portion to the London banker John Dawes, who in 1778 joined Hughes and Thomas Williams when they founded the Parys Mine Company.

As the active partner in this enterprise, Williams began to establish his own smelting and fabricating works in South Wales, Lancashire and Flintshire, where coal was cheap. He soon broke the power of Associated Smelters, a combine holding the Anglesey mine owners to ransom. The low production cost of Anglesey ore gave him a great advantage over the Cornish mines and he secured very profitable contracts for the copper sheathing of naval and other vessels. After several British and French copper-bottomed ships were lost because of corrosion failure of the iron nails and bolts used to secure the sheathing, Williams introduced a process for manufacturing heavily work-hardened copper bolts and spikes which could be substituted directly for iron fixings, avoiding the corrosion difficulty. His new product was adopted by the Admiralty in 1784 and was soon used extensively in British and European dockyards.

In 1785 Williams entered into partnership with Lord Uxbridge, son and heir of Nicholas Bayly, to run the Mona Mine Company at the Eastern end of Parys Mountain. This move ended much enmity and litigation and put Williams in effective control of all Anglesey copper. In the same year, Williams, with Matthew Boulton and John Wilkinson, persuaded the Cornish miners to establish a trade cooperative, the Cornish Metal Company, to market their ores. When this began to fall in 1787, Williams took over its administration, assets and stocks and until 1792 controlled the output and sale of all British copper. He became known as the "Copper King" and the output of his many producers was sold by the Copper Offices he established in London, Liverpool and Birmingham. In 1790 he became Member of Parliament for the borough of Great Marlow, and in 1792 he and Edward Hughes established the Chester and North Wales Bank, which in 1900 was absorbed by the Lloyds group.

After 1792 the output of the Anglesey mines started to decline and Williams began to buy copper from all available sources. The price of copper rose and he was accused of abusing his monopoly. By this time, however, his health had begun to deteriorate and he retreated to Bath.

[br]

Further Reading

J.R.Harris, 1964, The "Copper King", Liverpool University Press.

ASD

Biographical history of technology > Williams, Thomas

31 derecho

adj.

1 right-hand, right.

2 straight, upright, erect, standing.

3 uncurved, unbowed.

4 dextral.

5 according to law, uncrooked.

adv.

straight on, straight, straightly.

m.

1 right, legitimate faculty, individual right, just claim.

2 law.

3 prerogative.

* * *

derecho

► adjetivo

1 right

■ la mano derecha the right hand

2 (recto) straight, upright

■ el cuadro no está derecho the picture isn't straight

► adverbio derecho

1 straight

■ se fue derecho a la cama he went straight to bed

■ siga derecho go straight on

► nombre masculino derecho

1 (leyes) law

■ ha estudiado derecho she studied law

2 (privilegio) right

■ los derechos de las minorías the rights of minority groups

3 (de una tela, calcetín, etc) right side

► nombre masculino plural derechos

1 (impuestos) duties, taxes; (tarifa) fees

\

FRASEOLOGÍA

con derecho a with the right to

¿con qué derecho...? what right...?

■ ¿con qué derecho te marchaste? what right did you have to leave?

dar derecho to entitle to

■ el billete te da derecho a jugar media hora the ticket entitles you to play for half an hour

de derecho by right

estar en su derecho to be within one's rights

no hacer nada a derechas figurado to do nothing right

¡no hay derecho! it's not fair!

'Reservados todos los derechos' "All rights reserved"

'Se reserva el derecho de admisión' "The management reserves the right to refuse admission"

ser un hombre hecho y derecho figurado to be a real man

tener derecho a to be entitled to, have the right to

■ nadie tiene derecho a quejarse nobody is entitled to complain

derecho civil civil law

derecho de admisión right sing to refuse admission

derecho mercantil commercial law, mercantile law

derecho penal criminal law

derecho político constitutional law

derechos civiles civil rights

derechos de aduana customs duties

derechos de autor royalties

derechos de matrícula registration fees

derechos de sucesión death duties

derechos humanos human rights

el derecho al voto the right to vote

————————

derecho

► adverbio

1 straight

■ se fue derecho a la cama he went straight to bed

■ siga derecho go straight on

► nombre masculino

* * *
1. noun m.
1) law

2) right

•

- derechos civiles
- derechos de autor 2. (f. - derecha)
adj.

1) right

2) straight

3) upright

* * *

1. ADJ

1) [línea, dirección] (=recto) straight; (=vertical) upright, straight

traza las líneas derechas — draw the lines straight

siéntate derecho — sit upright o straight

anda derecha — walk upright, stand straight when you walk

• poner algo derecho — (=no torcido) to put sth straight, straighten sth; (=no caído) to stand sth upright

- tener a algn más derecho que una vela

2) (=del lado derecho) [brazo, pierna, oreja] right; [lado, cajón] right-hand

tiene toda la parte derecha del cuerpo paralizada — he's paralysed down the right side of his body

entre por la puerta derecha — go through the right-hand door
brazo 1), ojo 1)
3) (=honrado) honest, straight

4) CAm (=afortunado) lucky

2. ADV

1) (=en línea recta)

seguir derecho — to carry o go straight on

siga todo derecho — carry o go straight on

2) (=directamente) straight

después del cine, derechito para casa — after the cinema, straight home

fui derecho a Londres — I went straight to London

3. SM

1) (Jur) (=estudios, legislación) law; (=justicia) justice

estudiante de Derecho — law student

Facultad de Derecho — Faculty of Law

lo que manda el derecho en este caso — what justice demands in this case

• conforme a derecho — in accordance with the law

no actuó conforme a derecho — he acted unlawfully

• propietario en derecho — legal owner

• por derecho — in law, legally

lo que me corresponde por derecho — what is legally mine, what is mine by law

• por derecho propio — in one's own right

derecho administrativo — administrative law

derecho canónico — canon law

derecho civil — civil law

derecho comunitario — Community law

derecho consuetudinario — common law

derecho de compañías — company law

derecho de familia — family law

derecho del trabajo — labour o (EEUU) labor law

derecho de sociedades — company law

derecho escrito — statute law

derecho fiscal — tax law

derecho foral — legislation pertaining to those Spanish regions which have charters called "fueros"

derecho internacional — international law

derecho laboral — labour law, labor law (EEUU)

derecho marítimo — maritime law

derecho mercantil — commercial law

derecho penal — criminal law

derecho político — constitutional law

derecho positivo — statute law

derecho privado — private law

derecho procesal — procedural law

derecho público — public law

derecho romano — Roman law

derecho tributario — tax law

2) [de persona, entidad] right

se reserva el derecho de admisión — the management reserve(s) the right to refuse admission

¿con qué derecho me hablas así? — what right have you to talk to me that way?

es miembro de pleno derecho — he's a full member

¡no hay derecho! — it's not fair!

• derecho a la educación — right to education

el derecho a la libertad — the right to be free

derecho a la intimidad — right to o of privacy

lo único que nos queda es el derecho al pataleo — hum the only thing we can do is kick up a fuss *

derecho al voto, derecho a votar — [gen] right to vote; [como derecho civil] franchise, right to vote

• con derecho a algo — entitled to sth

declaraciones de la renta con derecho a devolución — tax returns entitled to a rebate

entrada con derecho a consumición — entrance ticket including one free drink

• dar derecho a hacer algo — to give the right to do sth

eso no te da derecho a hablarme así — that doesn't give you the right to talk to me that way

• estar en su derecho — to be within one's rights

claro, estás en tu derecho de decir lo que quieras — of course, you are perfectly entitled to say whatever you like

• tener derecho a algo — to be entitled to sth

no tenemos derecho a vacaciones — we are not entitled to holidays

tener derecho a hacer algo — to have a o the right to do sth

no tienes ningún derecho a insultarme — you have no right to insult me

derecho de asilo — right of asylum

derecho de huelga — right to strike

derecho de paso — right of way, easement (EEUU)

derecho de pernada — ( Hist) droit du seigneur

derecho de réplica — right of reply

derecho de retención — (Com) lien

derecho de reunión — right of assembly

derecho de tránsito — right of passage

derecho de veto — right of veto

derecho de visita — right of access

derecho divino — divine right

derecho preferente — preferential right

derechos civiles — civil rights

derechos de la mujer — women's rights

3) pl derechos (Com) rights

"reservados todos los derechos" — "all rights reserved"

tienen los derechos exclusivos para la venta del disco — they have the exclusive rights to sales of the record

derechos cinematográficos — film rights

derechos de antena — broadcasting rights

derechos de autor — copyright sing

derechos de edición — publishing rights

derechos de emisión — (TV, Radio) broadcasting rights

derechos de patente — patent rights

derechos editoriales — publishing rights

derechos humanos — human rights

Declaración de los Derechos Humanos — Declaration of Human Rights

4) pl derechos (=honorarios) [de arquitecto, notario] fee(s); (=impuestos) duty sing

franco de derechos — duty-free

sujeto a derechos — subject to duty, dutiable

derechos aduaneros, derechos arancelarios, derechos de aduana — customs duty

derechos de asesoría, derechos de consulta — consulting fees, consultancy fees

derechos de autor — royalties

derechos de enganche — (Telec) connection charges

derechos de entrada — import duties

derechos de exportación — export duties

derechos de importación — import duties

derechos de matrícula — registration fee sing

derechos de muelle — dock dues, docking fees (EEUU)

derechos de peaje — (Aut) toll sing

derechos portuarios — harbour dues, harbor dues (EEUU)

derechos reales — tax paid after the completion of an official transaction

5) (tb: lado derecho) [de tela, papel] right side; [de calcetín, chaqueta] outside

¿cuál es el derecho de esta tela? — which is the right side of this fabric?

puedes planchar la falda por el derecho — you can iron the skirt on the outside

• poner algo al o del derecho — to put sth the right side o way up

pon el mantel del derecho — put the tablecloth the right side o way up

ponte la camiseta al derecho — put your T-shirt on the right way round

* * *
I
- cha adjetivo

1) <mano/ojo/zapato> right; < lado> right, right-hand

el ángulo superior derecho — the top right-hand corner

queda a mano derecha — it's on the right-hand side o on the right

2)

a) ( recto) straight

ese cuadro no está derecho — that picture isn't straight

pon la espalda derecha! — straighten your back!

siéntate derecho — sit up straight

b) (fam) (justo, honesto) honest, straight
II
adverbio

a) ( en línea recta) straight

siga todo derecho — go o keep straight on

b) (fam) ( directamente) straight

fue derecho al tema — he got straight o right to the point
III
masculino

1)

a) (facultad, privilegio) right

haz valer tus derechos — stand up for your rights

derechos fundamentales — basic rights

estás en tu derecho — you're within your rights

reservado el derecho de admisión — the management reserves the right to refuse admission

miembro de pleno derecho — full member

derecho a algo — right to sth

el derecho a la vida/al voto — the right to life/to vote

derecho a + inf: tengo derecho a saber I have a o the right to know; da derecho a participar en el sorteo it entitles you to participate in the draw; tiene perfecto derecho a protestar she's perfectly within her rights to protest; tengo derecho a que se me escuche I have the right to be heard; no hay derecho! (fam) it's not fair!; no hay derecho a que la traten así a una — they've no right to treat a person like that

b) (Com, Fin) tax

- derecho de asilo

- derecho de matrícula

- derecho de paso or servidumbre

- derecho de reunión

- derechos arancelarios or de aduana

- derechos cinematográficos

- derechos de autor

- derechos humanos

2) (Der) law

estudio derecho — I'm studying law

no se ajusta a derecho — it is legally flawed

- derecho administrativo/canónico/civil

- derecho empresarial/fiscal/mercantil

- derecho laboral/penal

- derecho privado/público

3) ( de prenda) right side, outside; ( de tela) right side, face

póntelo al derecho — put it on properly o right side out

* * *
I
- cha adjetivo

1) <mano/ojo/zapato> right; < lado> right, right-hand

el ángulo superior derecho — the top right-hand corner

queda a mano derecha — it's on the right-hand side o on the right

2)

a) ( recto) straight

ese cuadro no está derecho — that picture isn't straight

pon la espalda derecha! — straighten your back!

siéntate derecho — sit up straight

b) (fam) (justo, honesto) honest, straight
II
adverbio

a) ( en línea recta) straight

siga todo derecho — go o keep straight on

b) (fam) ( directamente) straight

fue derecho al tema — he got straight o right to the point
III
masculino

1)

a) (facultad, privilegio) right

haz valer tus derechos — stand up for your rights

derechos fundamentales — basic rights

estás en tu derecho — you're within your rights

reservado el derecho de admisión — the management reserves the right to refuse admission

miembro de pleno derecho — full member

derecho a algo — right to sth

el derecho a la vida/al voto — the right to life/to vote

derecho a + inf: tengo derecho a saber I have a o the right to know; da derecho a participar en el sorteo it entitles you to participate in the draw; tiene perfecto derecho a protestar she's perfectly within her rights to protest; tengo derecho a que se me escuche I have the right to be heard; no hay derecho! (fam) it's not fair!; no hay derecho a que la traten así a una — they've no right to treat a person like that

b) (Com, Fin) tax

- derecho de asilo

- derecho de matrícula

- derecho de paso or servidumbre

- derecho de reunión

- derechos arancelarios or de aduana

- derechos cinematográficos

- derechos de autor

- derechos humanos

2) (Der) law

estudio derecho — I'm studying law

no se ajusta a derecho — it is legally flawed

- derecho administrativo/canónico/civil

- derecho empresarial/fiscal/mercantil

- derecho laboral/penal

- derecho privado/público

3) ( de prenda) right side, outside; ( de tela) right side, face

póntelo al derecho — put it on properly o right side out

* * *

derecho¹

¹ = upright, straight [straighter -comp., straightest -sup.], standing.

Ex: The letters are upright, narrow, and angular, standing on crooked feet, and the ascenders are usually decorated with barbs or thorns; f and p do not normally descend below the base line.

Ex: The right tail of the Bradford distribution has been considered to be straight or drooping.

Ex: Although this painting depicts a single standing man, his generalised features suggest that this was not meant as a portrait.

* derecho hacia al norte = due north.

* derecho hacia al sur = due south.

* derecho hacia el este = due east.

* derecho hacia el oeste = due west.

* dos entuertos no hacen un derecho = two wrongs do not make a right.

* hecho y derecho = full-bodied, full-scale, full-service, fully-fledged.

* irse derecho a = make + a beeline for.

derecho²

² = entitlement, law, right.

Ex: Community education is another form of outreach that aims to educate the public about the availability of services that can help them, about their entitlement to benefits, or about their rights under the law.

Ex: The social sciences class, 300, subsumes Economics, Politics, Law and Education.

Ex: Access to information is a fundamental right of citizenship, in fact, the fourth right, following in the footsteps of civil rights, political rights and social rights.

* bibliografía de derecho = legal bibliography.

* biblioteca de derecho = law library.

* bibliotecario de biblioteca de derecho = law librarian.

* biblioteconomía para las bibliotecas de derecho = law librarianship.

* carta de derechos = charter of rights.

* carta de derechos humanos = charter of human rights.

* colección de derecho = law collection.

* colección de libros de derecho en una prisión = prison law library.

* conceder el derecho al voto = enfranchise.

* con derecho a voto = eligible to vote.

* con derecho de autor = copyright-protected.

* con derechos de autor = copyrightable, royalty-paid.

* con pleno derecho = with full rights.

* conseguir el derecho para = win + the right to.

* dar derecho a = entitle to.

* Declaración de Derechos = Bill of Rights.

* Declaración de los Derechos del Usuario = Library Bill of Rights.

* de derecho = de jure [iure].

* de derecho pero no de hecho = in name only.

* defender los derechos de Uno = stand up for + Posesivo + rights.

* defensor de los derechos de los animales = animal rights campaigner.

* defensor de los derechos de los animales = animal rights activist.

* defensor de los derechos de los ciudadanos = citizen activist.

* defensor de los derechos humanos = human rights activist, human rights campaigner.

* de pleno derecho = in + Posesivo + own right, rightful.

* derecho administrativo = administrative law.

* derecho a independizarse, el = right to secede, the.

* derecho a la lectura = right to read.

* derecho a la libertad de expresión = right to free speech, right of free speech.

* derecho a la muerte = right to die.

* derecho a la privacidad = privacy right.

* derecho a la vida = right to live.

* derecho a leer = right to read.

* derecho al veto = veto power.

* derecho al voto = suffrage, voting rights, right to vote, the.

* derecho a vivir = right to live.

* derecho a votar = suffrage, voting rights, right to vote, the.

* derecho a voto = voting rights, suffrage, right to vote, the.

* derecho básico = natural right, basic right.

* derecho canónico = canon law.

* derecho civil = civil law.

* derecho comunitario = Community law.

* derecho constitucional = constitutional right, constitutional law.

* derecho consuetudinario = common law.

* derecho de acceso = access right.

* derecho de acceso a la información = right of access to information.

* derecho de alquiler = rental right.

* derecho de autor de la Corona = Crown copyright.

* derecho de grabación de ondas sonoras o televisivas = off-air recording right.

* derecho de la comunidad = community right.

* derecho del consumidor = consumer law.

* derecho del individuo = individual's right.

* derecho del trabajo = employment law.

* derecho de nacimiento = birthright.

* derecho de paso = the right of way, right of entry.

* derecho de patentes = patent law.

* derecho de préstamo = lending right.

* derecho de reproducción = reprographic right.

* derecho de retención = lien.

* derecho de servidumbre = easement.

* derecho de sucesión = inheritance law.

* derecho de voto = suffrage, voting rights, right to vote, the.

* derecho divino = divine right, divine law.

* derecho eclesiástico = ecclesiastical law.

* derecho eterno = eternal right.

* derecho exclusivo = exclusive right.

* derecho humano = human right.

* derecho inalienable = inalienable right, birthright, unalienable right.

* derecho internacional = international law.

* derecho laboral = employment law.

* derecho legal = legal right.

* derecho medioambiental = environmental law.

* derecho natural = natural right, natural law.

* derecho penal = criminal law, penal law.

* derecho preferente de compra = preemption [pre-emption].

* derecho público = civic right, public law.

* derechos = rights.

* derechos afines = neighbouring rights.

* derechos cívicos = civil rights.

* derechos civiles = civil rights, civil liberties.

* derechos de aduana = customs duties.

* derechos de amarre = moorage.

* derechos de atraque = moorage.

* derechos de autor = copyright, royalty [royalties, -pl.].

* derechos de la mujer = women's rights.

* derechos de la propiedad intelectual = intellectual property rights.

* derechos del ciudadano = civil liberties.

* derechos del consumidor = consumer rights [consumers' rights].

* derechos de licencia = licensing rights.

* derechos de los animales = animal rights.

* derechos democráticos = democratic rights.

* derechos de patente = patent rights.

* derechos de propiedad = property rights.

* derechos de reproducción = reproduction rights.

* derechos en materia de procreación = reproductive rights.

* derechos humanos específicos de la mujer = human rights of women.

* derechos individuales = individual rights.

* derecho soberano = sovereign right.

* derecho sobre el préstamo al público (PLR) = public lending right (PLR).

* derechos políticos = political rights.

* derechos reproductivos = reproductive rights.

* derechos sociales = social rights.

* ejercer un derecho = exercise + right.

* estado de derecho = rule of law.

* facultad de derecho = law school.

* hacer valer sus derechos = assert + Posesivo + rights.

* igualdad de derechos = equal rights, equality of rights.

* individualización de los derechos = individualisation of rights.

* infracción del derecho de autor = copyright infringement.

* infringir un derecho = infringe + right, violate + right.

* instrucción sobre los derechos de los ciudadanos = community education.

* ley de derechos de autor = copyright law.

* Ley del Derecho a la Privacidad = privacy law, privacy protection law, Privacy Act.

* libre de derechos de autor = royalty-free.

* libro de derecho = law book.

* luchar por los derechos = campaign for + rights.

* material protegido por el derecho de autor = copyright material, copyrighted material.

* mención de derecho de autor = statement of copyright.

* movimiento en defensa de los derechos de la mujer = women's rights movement.

* movimiento en defensa de los derechos de los animales = animal rights movement.

* movimiento por los derechos civiles = civil rights movement.

* obra amparada por el derecho de autor = copyright work.

* obtener el derecho para = win + the right to.

* oficina de derechos de autor = copyright office.

* pagar derechos reales = pay + royalty.

* propietario de los derechos de autor = rightholder.

* protegido por el derecho de autor = copyrighted, copyright-protected.

* reclamar el derecho a Algo = stake + Posesivo + claim.

* reivindicar el derecho de Uno = stake + Posesivo + claim.

* reservados todos los derechos = all rights reserved.

* reservarse el derecho de = reserve + the right to.

* respetar un derecho = respect + right.

* sociedad de gestión de derechos de autor = copyright collective, copyright collecting society, copyright collecting agency.

* tarifa de derechos de autor = royalty charge.

* tener derecho a = be entitled to, have + a right to, entitle to, have + the right to, have + a say in.

* tener derecho a expresar + Posesivo + opinión = be entitled to + Posesivo + own opinion.

* tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.

* tener el derecho de = have + the right to.

* titular del derecho = payee entitled.

* titular del derecho de autor = rights-holder [rightsholder], copyright holder.

* titular de los derechos de autor = rights-owner.

* todos los derechos reservados = all rights reserved.

* violación del derecho de la gente a + Nombre = invasion of people's right to + Nombre.

* violación de los derechos humanos = violation of human rights, human rights abuse.

* violar los derechos = invade + rights.

* violar un derecho = infringe + right, violate + right.

* * *

derecho¹ - cha

adjective

A ‹mano/ojo/zapato› right; ‹lado› right, right-hand

el ángulo superior derecho the top right-hand angle

queda a mano derecha it's on the right-hand side o on the right

tiene el lado derecho paralizado he's paralyzed down his right side

B

1 (recto) straight

ese cuadro no está derecho that picture isn't straight

¿tengo el sombrero derecho? is my hat (on) straight?

¡pon la espalda derecha! straighten your back!

siéntate derecho sit up straight

cortar por lo derecho ( Chi); to take drastic measures

2 ( fam) (justo, honesto) honest, straight

derecho²

adverb

1 (en línea recta) straight

siga todo derecho por esta calle go o keep straight on down this street

corta derecho cut it straight

2 ( fam) (directamente) straight

fue derecho al tema he got straight o right to the point

y de aquí derechito a casa and from here you go straight home

derecho viejo ( RPl fam); straight

si no te gusta, se lo dices derecho viejo if you don't like it, tell him straight

derecho³

masculine

A

1 (facultad, privilegio) right

tienes que hacer valer tus derechos you have to stand up for your rights

derechos fundamentales basic rights

estás en tu derecho you're within your rights

el derecho que me asiste ( frml); my right

[ S ] reservado el derecho de admisión right of admission reserved, the management reserves the right to refuse admission

¿con qué derecho te apropias de lo que es mío? what right do you have to take something that belongs to me?

miembro de pleno derecho full member

derecho A algo right TO sth

el derecho a la vida/libertad the right to life/freedom

el derecho al voto the right to vote

derecho A + INF:

tengo derecho a saber I have a o the right to know

eso no te da derecho a insultarme that doesn't give you the right to insult me

da derecho a participar en el sorteo it entitles you to participate in the draw

no tienes ningún derecho a hacerme esto you have no right to do this to me

tiene perfecto derecho a protestar she's perfectly within her rights to protest

derecho A QUE + SUBJ:

tengo tanto derecho como tú a que se me escuche I have as much right as you to be heard

derecho al pataleo ( fam hum): después no hay derecho al pataleo you can't start kicking up a fuss later ( colloq)

déjame que por lo menos haga uso de mi derecho al pataleo at least let me have my say ( colloq)

¡no hay derecho! ( fam); it's not fair!, it's just not on! ( colloq)

no hay derecho a que la traten así a una they've no right to treat a person like that

pagar el derecho de piso (CS fam); to pay one's dues

2 ( Com, Fin) tax

Compuestos:

● derecho a la intimidad

right to privacy

● derecho de acceso

right of access

● derecho de adquisición

acquisition rights (pl), rights of acquisition (pl)

● derecho de agrupación

derecho de asociación

● derecho de asilo

right of asylum

● derecho de asociación

freedom of association o assembly

● derecho de autodefensa

right of self-defense*

● derecho de autodeterminación

right to self-determination

● derecho de defensa propia

right of self-defense*

● derecho de gracia

prerogative of mercy

● derecho de huelga

right to strike

● derecho de llave

(de una propiedad) premium; (de un negocio) goodwill

● derecho de matrícula

registration fee

● derecho de nacimiento

birthright

● derecho de paso or servidumbre

right of way

● derecho de patente

patent right

● derecho de pernada

droit de seigneur

● derecho de propiedad

right of ownership

● derecho de propiedad intelectual or literaria

(literary) copyright

● derecho de publicación

publishing rights (pl)

● derecho de reproducción

copyright

● derecho de residencia

right of abode

● derecho de retención

lien

● derecho de retracto

right of repurchase

● derecho de reunión

right of assembly

● derecho de sufragio activo

right to vote

● derecho de sufragio pasivo

right to run for election ( AmE), right to stand for election ( BrE)

● derecho de tanteo

right of first refusal

● derecho de tránsito

passage

● derecho de or al veto

right o power of veto

● derecho de visita

right of access ( to children)

● derecho divino

divine right

● derecho preferente de compra

pre-emption right

● derechos adquiridos

mpl vested or acquired rights (pl)

● derechos arancelarios or de aduana

mpl customs duties (pl)

● derechos cinematográficos

mpl film rights (pl)

● derechos civiles

mpl civil rights (pl), civil liberties (pl)

● derechos conyugales

mpl conjugal rights (pl)

● derechos de adaptación cinematográfica or al cine

mpl film rights (pl), movie rights (pl) ( AmE), screen rights (pl)

● derechos de antena

mpl broadcasting rights (pl)

● derechos de autor

mpl royalties (pl)

● derechos de examen

mpl examination fees (pl)

● derechos de exportación/importación

mpl export/import duties (pl)

● derechos de interpretación or representación

mpl performing rights (pl)

● derechos de la mujer

mpl women's rights (pl)

● derechos del consumidor

mpl consumer rights (pl)

● derechos del individuo

mpl rights of the individual (pl)

● derechos de los trabajadores

mpl workers' rights (pl)

● derechos de pasto

mpl grazing rights (pl)

● derechos de peaje

mpl ( Auto) tolls (pl)

● derechos de puerto

mpl port o anchorage dues (pl)

● derechos de reedición en rústica

mpl paperback rights (pl)

● derechos de reproducción

mpl copyright (pl)

● derechos editoriales

mpl publishing rights (pl)

● derechos humanos

mpl human rights (pl)

● derechos portuarios

mpl harbor* dues (pl)

B ( Der) law

estudio derecho I'm studying law

según el derecho inglés according to o under English law

no se ajusta a derechoor no es conforme a derecho it is not lawful

Compuestos:

● derecho administrativo

administrative law

● derecho aeronáutico

aviation law

● derecho canónico

canon law

● derecho civil

civil law

● derecho comercial

commercial law

● derecho comunitario

community law

● derecho comparado

comparative law

● derecho consuetudinario

common law

● derecho contractual

contract law

● derecho de familia

family law

● derecho de patentes

patent law

● derecho empresarial

business law

● derecho escrito

statute law

● derecho fiscal

tax law

● derecho internacional

international law

● derecho laboral

labor* law

● derecho marítimo

maritime law

● derecho mercantil

commercial law

● derecho penal

criminal law

● derecho positivo

statute law

● derecho privado

private law

● derecho procesal

procedural law

● derecho público

public law

C (de una prenda) right side, outside; (de una tela) right side, face

es de doble faz, no tiene derecho ni revés it's reversible, it doesn't have a right and a wrong side

no lo planches por el derecho don't iron it on the right side, iron it inside out

póntelo al derecho put it on properly o right side out

* * *

derecho 1
◊ - cha adjetivo

1 ‹mano/ojo/zapato› right;
‹ lado› right, right-hand;
◊ el ángulo superior derecho the top right-hand corner;

queda a mano derecha it's on the right-hand side o on the right
2
a) ( recto) straight;

◊ ese cuadro no está derecho that picture isn't straight;

siéntate derecho sit up straight
b) (fam) (justo, honesto) honest, straight

derecho 2 adverbio
straight;
◊ siga todo derecho go o keep straight on

derecho 3 sustantivo masculino
1
a) (facultad, privilegio) right;

◊ derechos humanos human rights (pl);

estás en tu derecho you're within your rights;
derecho a algo right to sth;
el derecho al voto the right to vote;
tengo derecho a saber I have a o the right to know;
esto da derecho a participar this entitles you to participate;
¡no hay derecho! (fam) it's not fair!
b) (Com, Fin) tax;

◊ derechos de aduana customs duties (pl);

derechos de autor royalties;
derecho de matrícula registration fee;
derecho de reproducción copyright
2 (Der) law
3 ( de prenda) right side, outside;
( de tela) right side, face;
◊ póntelo al derecho put it on properly o right side out

derecho,-a
I adjetivo
1 (lado, acera, etc) right
2 (recto, erguido) upright, straight
3 (parte del cuerpo) right: le dolía el brazo derecho, her right arm was hurting
II sustantivo masculino
1 (petición o exigencia legítima) right: está usted en su derecho, you are within your rights
no tienes derecho a decirme eso, you have no the right to tell me that
derecho de admisión, right to refuse admission
los derechos del niño, children's rights
2 Jur (conjunto de leyes) law
derecho laboral/procesal, labour/procedural law
derecho penal, criminal law
3 (justicia) no hay derecho a que nos traten así, it's not fair to treat people like that
4 Com derechos, duties
derechos de autor, royalties
III adv (en línea recta) sigue todo derecho, go straight ahead
' derecho' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
admisión
- brazo
- constitucional
- derecha
- digna
- digno
- disputarse
- ejercer
- enchufada
- enchufado
- foral
- jurisprudencia
- mercantil
- obstáculo
- opción
- otorgar
- pataleo
- plena
- pleno
- poder
- proteger
- reclamar
- reconocer
- renunciar
- rescate
- reservarse
- restringir
- segundón
- segundona
- sostener
- suprimir
- unirse
- voto
- arancelario
- carrera
- ceder
- cojo
- cuestión
- cursar
- desistir
- directamente
- discutir
- disfrutar
- disputar
- doctor
- en
- enderezar
- extremo
- fuero
- goce
English:
bar
- basic
- check up on
- claim
- clause
- commercial law
- common law
- criminal law
- entitle
- entitlement
- entry
- exercise
- fair
- forehand
- forfeit
- franchise
- fully-fledged
- grant
- grown
- ineligible
- law
- LLB
- LLD
- nineteenth
- pension
- prerogative
- privacy
- qualify
- relinquish
- right
- right brain
- right-hand
- right-hand man
- Roman law
- sign away
- standing
- statutory
- straight
- straighten
- straighten up
- surrender
- title
- upright
- common
- county
- criminal
- crown
- disenfranchise
- due
- eligible

* * *

derecho, -a

♦ adj

1. [vertical] upright;
[recto] straight;
este cuadro no está derecho this picture isn't straight;

recogió la lámpara del suelo y la puso derecha she picked the lamp up off the floor and stood it upright;

siéntate o [m5] ponte derecho o te dolerá la espalda sit straight or you'll get backache;

siempre anda muy derecha she always walks with a very straight back

2. [de la derecha] right;

mano/pierna derecha right hand/leg;

el margen derecho the right-hand margin;

a mano derecha on the right, on the right-hand side

♦ nm

1. [leyes, estudio] law;

un estudiante de derecho a law student;

estudiar derecho to study o read law;

una licenciada en derecho a law graduate;

la Facultad de Derecho the Faculty of Law;

voy a Derecho a una conferencia I'm going to a lecture in the Faculty of Law;

el derecho me asiste the law is on my side;

conforme o [m5] según derecho according to the law

Comp
derecho administrativo administrative law;
derecho canónico canon law;

derecho civil civil law;

derecho constitucional constitutional law;

derecho consuetudinario common law;

derecho financiero financial law;

derecho fiscal tax law;

derecho foral = ancient regional laws still existing in some parts of Spain;

derecho internacional international law;

derecho internacional público public international law;

derecho laboral labour law, employment law;

derecho marítimo maritime law;

derecho mercantil commercial law, mercantile law;

derecho natural natural law;

derecho de patentes patent law;

derecho penal criminal law;

derecho privado private law;

derecho procesal procedural law;

derecho público public law;

derecho romano Roman law;

derecho de sociedades Br company law, US corporation law;

derecho del trabajo labour law

2. [prerrogativa] right;

el derecho al voto the right to vote;

los derechos de la mujer women's rights;

los derechos y obligaciones del consumidor the rights and responsibilities of the consumer;
Fam
me queda el derecho al pataleo all I can do now is complain;

¿con qué derecho entras en mi casa sin llamar? what gives you the right to come into my house without knocking?;

con derecho a dos consumiciones [en entrada] this ticket entitles the holder to two free drinks;

esta tarjeta me da derecho a un 5 por ciento de descuento this card entitles me to a 5 percent discount;

el que sea el jefe no le da derecho a tratarnos así just because he's the boss doesn't mean he can o doesn't give him the right to treat us like this;

si quiere abstenerse, está en su derecho if she wants to abstain, she's perfectly within her rights to do so;

hizo valer sus derechos he exercised his rights;

¡no hay derecho! it's not fair!;

¡no hay derecho a que unos tengan tanto y otros tan poco! it's not fair that some people should have so much and others so little!;

es de derecho que consiga la indemnización que reclama it is only right that she should receive the compensation she is claiming;

miembro de pleno derecho full member;

ha entrado, por derecho propio o [m5]por propio derecho, en la historia de la literatura she's gone down in literary history in her own right;

reservado el derecho de admisión [en letrero] the management reserves the right of admission;

reservados todos los derechos all rights reserved;

tener derecho a algo to have a right to sth, to be entitled to sth;

tener derecho a hacer algo to have the right to do sth, to be entitled to do sth;

tengo derecho a descansar, ¿no? I'm entitled to be able to rest now and then, aren't I?;

no tienes ningún derecho a insultarme you have no right to insult me

Comp
derechos de antena broadcasting rights;
derecho de apelación right of appeal;

derecho de asilo right of asylum;

derechos de autor [potestad] copyright;

derechos civiles civil rights;

derecho de distribución distribution rights;

derechos especiales de giro special drawing rights;

derecho de gracia right to show clemency;

derechos humanos human rights;

derecho de paso right of way;
Hist derecho de pernada droit du seigneur;
derechos de propiedad proprietary rights;

derecho de réplica right to reply;

derecho de respuesta right to reply;
Econ derecho de retención right of retention;
derecho de reunión right of assembly;

derecho de visita (a los hijos) [de divorciado] visiting rights, right of access

3. [contrario de revés] right side;

me puse el jersey del derecho I put my jumper on the right way round o properly;

cose los botones del derecho sew the buttons on the right side

♦ derechos nmpl
[tasas] duties, taxes; [profesionales] fees
Comp
derechos de aduana customs duty;
derechos de autor [dinero] royalties;

derechos de entrada import duties;

derechos de examen examination fees;

derechos de importación import duty;

derechos de inscripción membership fee;

derechos de matrícula matriculation fee;

derechos de puerto harbour dues;

derechos reales death duty

♦ adv

1. [en línea recta] straight;

fue derecho a su despacho she went straight to her office;

se fue derecho a casa she went straight home;

todo derecho straight ahead;

siga todo derecho para llegar al museo carry on straight ahead and you'll come to the museum

2. [sin rodeos] straight;

iré derecho al asunto I'll get straight to the point;
RP
decir o [m5] hacer algo derecho viejo to say sth straight out, to come right out with sth

* * *

derecho

I adj

1 lado right

2 ( recto) straight

3 C.Am. fig

straight, honest

II adv straight;

siga derecho carry straight on;

tenerse derecho stand up/sit up straight;

poner derecho algo straighten sth; vertical right sth, set sth upright;

vamos derecho a casa we’re going straight home

III m

1 ( privilegio) right;

con derecho a with a right to;

dar derecho a alguien a algo entitle s.o. to sth;

la tarjeta da derecho a entrar gratuitamente the card entitles you to free entry;

tener derecho a have a right to, be entitled to;

tener el derecho de have the right to, be entitled to;

estar en su derecho be within one’s rights;

no hay derecho it’s not fair, it’s not right;

miembro de pleno derecho full member

2 JUR law;

estudiar derecho study law

3

:

del derecho vestido, jersey on the right side

IV mpl

:

derechos fees;

derechos de almacenaje storage charges

* * *

derecho adv

1) : straight

2) : upright

3) : directly

derecho, - cha adj

1) : right

2) : right-hand

3) recto: straight, upright, erect

derecho nm

1) : right

derechos humanos: human rights

2) : law

derecho civil: civil law

3) : right side (of cloth or clothing)

* * *

derecho¹ adj

1. (diestro) right

tengo algo en el ojo derecho I've got something in my right eye

2. (recto) straight

ponte derecho stand up straight

derecho² adv straight

se fue derecho a casa she went straight home

derecho³ n

1. (facultad, posibilidad) right

todos los niños tienen derecho a la enseñanza gratuita all children have a right to free education

2. (leyes, ciencia) law

el derecho criminal criminal law

ha estudiado derecho he's studied law

3. (anverso) right side

vuélvelo al derecho turn it round the right way

no hay derecho it's not fair

derechos humanos human rights

Spanish-English dictionary > derecho

32 Adamson, Daniel

SUBJECT AREA: Mechanical, pneumatic and hydraulic engineering, Metallurgy, Steam and internal combustion engines

[br]

b. 1818 Shildon, Co. Durham, England

d. January 1890 Didsbury, Manchester, England

[br]

English mechanical engineer, pioneer in the use of steel for boilers, which enabled higher pressures to be introduced; pioneer in the use of triple-and quadruple-expansion mill engines.

[br]

Adamson was apprenticed between 1835 and 1841 to Timothy Hackworth, then Locomotive Superintendent on the Stockton \& Darlington Railway. After this he was appointed Draughtsman, then Superintendent Engineer, at that railway's locomotive works until in 1847 he became Manager of Shildon Works. In 1850 he resigned and moved to act as General Manager of Heaton Foundry, Stockport. In the following year he commenced business on his own at Newton Moor Iron Works near Manchester, where he built up his business as an iron-founder and boilermaker. By 1872 this works had become too small and he moved to a 4 acre (1.6 hectare) site at Hyde Junction, Dukinfield. There he employed 600 men making steel boilers, heavy machinery including mill engines fitted with the American Wheelock valve gear, hydraulic plant and general millwrighting. His success was based on his early recognition of the importance of using high-pressure steam and steel instead of wrought iron. In 1852 he patented his type of flanged seam for the firetubes of Lancashire boilers, which prevented these tubes cracking through expansion. In 1862 he patented the fabrication of boilers by drilling rivet holes instead of punching them and also by drilling the holes through two plates held together in their assembly positions. He had started to use steel for some boilers he made for railway locomotives in 1857, and in 1860, only four years after Bessemer's patent, he built six mill engine boilers from steel for Platt Bros, Oldham. He solved the problems of using this new material, and by his death had made c.2,800 steel boilers with pressures up to 250 psi (17.6 kg/cm²).

He was a pioneer in the general introduction of steel and in 1863–4 was a partner in establishing the Yorkshire Iron and Steel Works at Penistone. This was the first works to depend entirely upon Bessemer steel for engineering purposes and was later sold at a large profit to Charles Cammell \& Co., Sheffield. When he started this works, he also patented improvements both to the Bessemer converters and to the engines which provided their blast. In 1870 he helped to turn Lincolnshire into an important ironmaking area by erecting the North Lincolnshire Ironworks. He was also a shareholder in ironworks in South Wales and Cumberland.

He contributed to the development of the stationary steam engine, for as early as 1855 he built one to run with a pressure of 150 psi (10.5 kg/cm) that worked quite satisfactorily. He reheated the steam between the cylinders of compound engines and then in 1861–2 patented a triple-expansion engine, followed in 1873 by a quadruple-expansion one to further economize steam. In 1858 he developed improved machinery for testing tensile strength and compressive resistance of materials, and in the same year patents for hydraulic lifting jacks and riveting machines were obtained.

He was a founding member of the Iron and Steel Institute and became its President in 1888 when it visited Manchester. The previous year he had been President of the Institution of Civil Engineers when he was presented with the Bessemer Gold Medal. He was a constant contributor at the meetings of these associations as well as those of the Institution of Mechanical Engineers. He did not live to see the opening of one of his final achievements, the Manchester Ship Canal. He was the one man who, by his indomitable energy and skill at public speaking, roused the enthusiasm of the people in Manchester for this project and he made it a really practical proposition in the face of strong opposition.

[br]

Principal Honours and Distinctions

President, Institution of Civil Engineers 1887.

President, Iron and Steel Institute 1888. Institution of Civil Engineers Bessemer Gold Medal 1887.

Further Reading

Obituary, Engineer 69:56.

Obituary, Engineering 49:66–8.

Obituary, Proceedings of the Institution of Civil Engineers 100:374–8.

H.W.Dickinson, 1938, A Short History of the Steam Engine, Cambridge University Press (provides an illustration of Adamson's flanged seam for boilers).

R.L.Hills, 1989, Power from Steam. A History of the Stationary Steam Engine, Cambridge University Press (covers the development of the triple-expansion engine).

RLH

Biographical history of technology > Adamson, Daniel

33 AKA

taxi

* * *

(ek, ók, ókum, ekinn), v.

1) to drive (a vehicle or animal drawing a vehicle), with dat.: gott er heilum vagni heim at a., it is good to get home safe and sound; a. þrennum eykjum, with three yoke of horses;

2) to carry or convey in a vehicle, to cart, with dat. or acc. (hann ók heyjum sínum á yxnum; hann ók skarni á hóla); a. saman hey, to cart hay; líkin váru ekin í sleða, carried in a sledge;

3) with the prep. í or á; Freyr ók í kerru með gelti; ríðr Þ. hesti þeim, er hann hafði ekit á;

4) absol., to drive in a vehicle (fóru þeir í sleðann ok óku alla nóttina); with acc. of the road (óku úrgar brautir);

5) naut., to trim the sail (aka seglum at endilöngum skipum);

6) to remove, with dat.; ók hann af sér fjötrinum, worked it off by rubbing; ók Oddr sér þar at, worked himself thither (of a fettered prisoner); a. e-m á bug or a. bug;á e-n, to make one give way, repel; intrans. = ‘akast’, to move slowly; hvárrgi ók (gave way) fyrir oðrum; a. undan, to retire, retreat;

7) impers., hart ekr at e-m, one is in great straits; ekr nú mjók at, I am hard pressed; e-m verðr nær ekit, one gets into straits, is hard pressed;

refl., e-m ekst e-t í tauma, one is thwarted in a thing.

* * *

ók, óku, ekit; pres. ek. It also occurs in a weak form, að, Fagrsk. 104, which form is now perhaps the most common. [Neither Ulf. nor Hel. use this word, which appears also to be alien to the South-Teut. idioms. The Germans say fahren; the English to drive, carry; cp. Engl. yoke. In Latin, however, agere; Gr. άγειν] Gener. to move, drive, transport, carry:

I. to drive in harness in a sledge or other vehicle (where the vehicle is in dat.), as also the animal driven; bryggjur svá breiðar, at aka mátti vögnum á víxl, ‘briggs’ (i. e. wharfs or piers,, cp. ‘Filey Brigg’) so broad, that wains might meet and pass each other, Hkr. ii. 11; gott er heilum vagni heim at aka, ‘tis good to drive home with a whole wain, to get home safe and sound, cp. Horace solve senescentem, Orkn. 464, Al. 61; þórr á hafra tvá, ok reið þá er hann ekr, in which he drives, Edda 14, Ób. adds í (viz. reið þá er hekr i), which may be the genuine reading.

β. with the prep. í; Freyr ók ok í kerru með gelti, Edda 38.

γ. absol. to drive, i. e. travel by driving; þeir óku upp á land, Eg. 543; fóru þeir í sleðann ok óku nóttina alia, drove the whole night, Fms. iv. 317. With the road taken in acc.; aka úrgar brautir, Rm. 36; báðu hennar ok heim óku (dat. henni being understood), carrying a bride home, 37. 20.

II. to carry or cart a load, ( to lead, in the north of England):—in Iceland, where vehicles are rare, it may perhaps now and then be used of carrying on horseback. The load carried is commonly in dat. or acc.:

α. acc.: aka saman hey, to cart hay, Eb. 150; saman ok hann heyit, Ísl. ii. 330; hann ok saman alla töðu sína, Landn. 94; þá tekr Gísli eyki tvá, ok ekr fé sitt til skógar, Gísl. 121; but absol., ok ekr til skógar með fjárhlut sinn, l. c. 36; þá let konungr aka til haugsins vist ok drykk, then the king let meat and drink be carted to the ‘how’ ( barrow), Fms. x. 186; vill hann húsit ór stað færa, ok vill hann aka þat, carry it away, Grág. ii. 257; líkin váru ekin í sleða, carried in a sledge, Bs. i. 144.

β. dat. more freq., as now; hann ók heyjum sínum á öxnum, carried his hay on oxen, Fbr. 43 new Ed.; einn ók skarni á hóla, carted dung alone on the fields, Nj. 67, Rd. 277.

γ. with the animals in dat., Þórólfr let aka þrennum eykjum um daginn, with three yoke of oxen, Eb. 152; or with the prep. á, ríðr Þórðr hesti þeim er hann hafði ekit á um aptaninn, Ísl. ii. 331, Fbr. 43; ef maðr ekr eðr berr klyfjar á, leads or carries on packsaddles, Grág. i. 441.

δ. absol., þat mun ek til finna, at hann ok eigi í skegg ser, that he did not cart it on his own beard, Nj. 67.

ε. part., ekinn uxi, a yoked, tamed ox, Vm. 152.

III. used by sailors, in the phrase, aka segli, to trim the sail; aka seglum at endilöngum skipum, Fms. vii. 94; bað hann þá aka skjótt seglunum, ok víkja út í sund nokkut, 131. In mod. Icel. metaph., aka seglum eptir vindi, to set one’s sail after ( with) the wind, to act according to circumstances; cp. aktaumar.

IV. metaph. in a great many proverbs and phrases, e. g. aka heilum vagni heim, v. above; aka höllu fyrir e-m, to get the worst of it, Ld. 206; aka undan (milit), to retire, retreat slowly in a battle; óku þeir Erlingr undan ofan með garðinum, Fms. vii. 317; akast undan (reflex.), id., 278; þeir ökuðust undan ok tóku á skógana, they took to the woods, Fagrsk. 174 (where the weak form is used); sumir Norðmenn óku undan á hæli ofan með sjónum, x. 139: aka e-m á bug, the figure probably taken from the ranks in a battle, to make one give way, repel, en ef Ammonite aka, þér á bug, if they be too strong for thee, Stj. 512. 2 Sam. x. 11. Mkv. 7; also metaph., aka bug á e-n, id.; mun oss þat til Birkibeinum, at þeir aki á oss engan bug, to stand firm, with unbroken ranks, Fms. viii. 412. It is now used impers., e-m á ekki ór að aka, of one who has always bad luck, probably ellipt., ór steini or the like being understood; cp. GÍsl. 54, the phrase, þykir ekki ór steini hefja, in the same sense, the figure being taken from a stone clogging the wheels; ok hann af sér fjötrinum, threw it off by rubbing, Fas. ii. 573; þá ekr Oddr sér þar at, creeps, rolls himself thither, of a fettered prisoner, id.; the mod. phrase, að aka sér, is to shrug the shoulders as a mark of displeasure: aka ór öngum, ex angustiis, to clear one’s way, get out of a scrape, Bjarn. 52; aka í moínn, to strive against, a cant phrase. Impers. in the phrase, e-m verðr nær ekit, is almost run over, has a narrow escape, varð honum svá nær ekit at hann hleypti inn í kirkju, he was so hard driven that he ran into the church, Fms. ix. 485; hart ekr at e-m, to be in great straits, ok er þorri kemr, þá ekr hart at mönnum, they were pressed hard, Ísl. ii. 132; ekr mi mjök at, I am hard pressed, GÍsl. 52; er honum þótti at sér aka, when death drew near,, of a dying man, Grett. 119 A. Reflex., e-m ekst e-t í tauma, to be thwarted in a thing, where the figure is taken from trimming the sail when the sheet is foul, Fms. xi. 121. In later Icelandic there is a verb akka, að, to heap together, a. e-u saman, no doubt a corruption from aka with a double radical consonant, a cant word. Aka is at present a rare word, and is, at least in common speech, used in a weak form, akar instead of ekr; akaði = ók; akat = ekit.

Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AKA

34 Mistral

1) The most famous of the winds to blow over France, the Mistral is the north wind that regularly blows down the Rhone valley, south of Lyon, usually bringing cold weather with clear skies to Provence. The Mistral is usually due either to northwest winds coming in off the Atlantic, or cold winds coming over from Central Europe. See Climate and weather.

2) Named after the wind, the luxurious express train that used to run daily from 1950 to 1982 between Paris and Nice. The train was first class only, had its own special rolling-stock, and included such sophistications as hostesses, a hardressing salon, and a secretarial service. The train was withdrawn in 1982, following the introduction of TGV services to Nice.

Dictionnaire Français-Anglais. Agriculture Biologique > Mistral

35 pły|nąć

impf (płynęła, płynęli) vi 1. [osoba, zwierzę] to swim
- płynąć żabką/kraulem/na wznak to do the breast stroke/the crawl/the backstroke

- płynąć pod wodą to swim underwater

- płynąć pod prąd/z prądem (rzeki) to swim with/against the river current

- płynąć pod prąd/z prądem przen. to swim against/with the tide przen. ⇒ popłynąć
2. (być przewożonym) [człowiek] płynąć jachtem/łodzią to go by yacht/boat
- płynąć tratwą to float on a raft ⇒ popłynąć
3. [łódź, statek] to sail, to steer
- płynąć pod (pełnymi) żaglami to go in a. under full sail

- płynąć (kursem) z wiatrem/pod wiatr to sail close to a. near the wind/in the teeth of a. against the wind

- statek płynie do portu the boat is heading a. sailing a. standing for port ⇒ popłynąć
4. [rzeka, płyn, gaz, prąd elektryczny] to flow, to run
- Wisła płynie z południa na północ the Vistula flows from South to North

- w przewodach płynie prąd electricity flows in a. through the wires, the wires are live

- z rur płynęła woda water flowed from the pipes

- rurociągiem płynie gaz gas is flowing in a. through the pipeline

- krew płynęła z rany blood ran from the wound

- łzy płyęły jej po policzkach tears ran down her cheeks

- pieniądze płyną jak woda (są wydawane) money is being spent like water; (napływają) money is coming in in huge amounts ⇒ popłynąć
5. [obłoki, księżyc] to float
- strumień pojazdów płynął autostradą a long stream of vehicles was moving along the motorway

- tłum płynie wąskimi uliczkami the crowd is moving along the narrow streets
6. [dźwięk, ciepło, zapach] (docierać) to float
- przez otwarte okno płynęły dźwięki skrzypiec the sound of violin playing floated in through the open window

- płynąca z ogrodu woń bzu the scent of lilac coming from the garden

- ciepło płynące z kominka the warmth from the fireplace

- światło płynące przez witraż light coming in through the stained-glass window
7. [czas, życie] to go by, to pass 8. [wniosek] (wynikać) to come, to result (from)
- jaka stąd płynie nauka? what lesson is there in this?

- płynie stąd jeden generalny wniosek, a mianowicie… one general conclusion can be drawn from that, i.e. …
9 książk. kraina mlekiem i miodem płynąca a land of a. flowing with milk and honey

The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > pły|nąć

Страницы

← Предыдущая

Следующая →

1

2

См. также в других словарях:

North and South (TV miniseries) — For other uses, see North and South (disambiguation). This article is about the American miniseries. For the originating novels, see North and South (trilogy). For the British television serial of the same name, see North and South (TV serial).… … Wikipedia

North and South (album) — For other uses, see North and South (disambiguation). North and South Studio album by Gerry Rafferty Released April 1988 … Wikipedia

North Charleston, South Carolina — North Charleston City City of North Charleston The new City Hall for the … Wikipedia

North and West London Light Railway — North and West London Light Railway Geographical map of possible NWLLR stations, on the London Underground tube map Location London, UK Proposer Campaign for Better Transport … Wikipedia

North River (South Fork Shenandoah River) — The North River is a 55.3 mile long (89.0 km)[1] river in the mountains and Shenandoah Valley of northern Virginia, the United States. It joins the South River at Port Republic to form the South Fork Shenandoah River.[2] … Wikipedia

City and South London Railway — A picture of a City South London Railway train from the Illustrated London News, 1890 The City and South London Railway (C SLR) was the first deep level underground tube railway in the world,[1][note 1 … Wikipedia

South Dakota — This article is about the U.S. state of South Dakota. For other uses, see South Dakota (disambiguation). State of South Dakota … Wikipedia

Mill Creek (North Fork South Branch Potomac River) — Coordinates: 38°47′16″N 79°24′24″W / 38.7878903°N 79.406713°W / 38.7878903; 79.406713 Mill Creek … Wikipedia

North Korean defectors — Hangul 탈북자 Hanja 脫北 … Wikipedia

South America — South American. a continent in the S part of the Western Hemisphere. 271,000,000; ab. 6,900,000 sq. mi. (17,871,000 sq. km). * * * Continent, Western Hemisphere. The world s fourth largest continent, it is bounded by the Caribbean Sea to the… … Universalium

North Carolina — North Carolinian. a state in the SE United States, on the Atlantic coast. 5,874,429; 52,586 sq. mi. (136,198 sq. km). Cap.: Raleigh. Abbr.: NC (for use with zip code), N.C. * * * State (pop., 2000: 8,049,313), southern Atlantic region, U.S. Lying … Universalium

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

to+run+north+and+south

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Словари и энциклопедии на Академике

Перевод: со всех языков на английский

to+run+north+and+south

См. также в других словарях:

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка: